31.07.2014 Views

Victorian Subtidal Reef Monitoring Program - Parks Victoria

Victorian Subtidal Reef Monitoring Program - Parks Victoria

Victorian Subtidal Reef Monitoring Program - Parks Victoria

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

parks victoria technical series<br />

Number 62<br />

<strong><strong>Victoria</strong>n</strong> <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong> <strong>Program</strong>:<br />

The reef biota at Marine Protected Areas<br />

within the Twofold Shelf<br />

Volume 3<br />

M. Edmunds, K. Stewart, K. Pritchard and R. Zavalas<br />

June 2010


© <strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong><br />

All rights reserved. This document is subject to the Copyright Act 1968, no part of this<br />

publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form, or by<br />

any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying or otherwise without the prior permission of<br />

the publisher.<br />

First published 2010<br />

Published by <strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong><br />

Level 10, 535 Bourke Street, Melbourne <strong>Victoria</strong> 3000<br />

Opinions expressed by the Authors of this publication are not necessarily those of <strong>Parks</strong><br />

<strong>Victoria</strong>, unless expressly stated. <strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> and all persons involved in the preparation and<br />

distribution of this publication do not accept any responsibility for the accuracy of any of the<br />

opinions or information contained in the publication.<br />

Author(s):<br />

Matt Edmunds – Marine ecologist, Australian Marine Ecology Pty Ltd<br />

Kim Stewart – Marine ecologist, Australian Marine Ecology Pty Ltd<br />

Katharine Pritchard – Marine ecologist, Australian Marine Ecology Pty Ltd<br />

Richard Zavalas – Marine ecologist, Australian Marine Ecology Pty Ltd<br />

National Library of Australia<br />

Cataloguing-in-publication data<br />

Includes bibliography<br />

ISSN 1448-4935<br />

Citation<br />

Edmunds, M., Stewart, K., Pritchard, K., and Zavalas, R. (2010) <strong><strong>Victoria</strong>n</strong> <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong><br />

<strong>Monitoring</strong> <strong>Program</strong>: The reef biota at Marine Protected Areas within the Twofold Shelf.<br />

Volume 3. <strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62. <strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong>, Melbourne.<br />

Printed on environmentally friendly paper


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Paper Series No. 62<br />

<strong><strong>Victoria</strong>n</strong> <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

<strong>Program</strong>:<br />

The reef biota at Marine Protected Areas<br />

within the Twofold Shelf<br />

Volume 3<br />

Matt Edmunds<br />

Kim Stewart<br />

Katharine Pritchard<br />

Richard Zavalas<br />

Australian Marine Ecology Pty Ltd<br />

June 2010


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY<br />

Shallow reef habitats cover extensive areas along the <strong><strong>Victoria</strong>n</strong> coast and are dominated by<br />

seaweeds, mobile invertebrates and fishes. These reefs are known for their high biological<br />

complexity, species diversity and productivity. They also have significant economic value<br />

through commercial and recreational fishing, diving and other tourism activities. To effectively<br />

manage and conserve these important and biologically rich habitats, the <strong><strong>Victoria</strong>n</strong><br />

Government has established a long-term <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong> <strong>Program</strong> (SRMP). Over<br />

time the SRMP will provide information on the status of <strong><strong>Victoria</strong>n</strong> reef flora and fauna and<br />

determine the nature and magnitude of trends in species populations and species diversity<br />

through time.<br />

The subtidal reef monitoring program is established throughout <strong>Victoria</strong> for all relevant<br />

marine protected areas (MPA). This report describes the 2009 survey of the Twofold Shelf<br />

Bioregion sites associated with the Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary, Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park and Cape Howe Marine National Park.<br />

The subtidal reef monitoring program uses standardised underwater visual census methods<br />

to survey algae, macroinvertebrates and fish. This report aims to:<br />

Provide general descriptions of the biological communities and species populations at<br />

each monitoring site in March-May 2009.<br />

Identify any unusual biological phenomena such as interesting communities and species.<br />

Ecologically significant temporal changes in comparison with reference areas.<br />

Identify any introduced species at the monitoring locations.<br />

The surveys were along a 200 m transect line. Each transect was surveyed for:<br />

Abundance and size structure of large fishes<br />

Abundance of cryptic fishes and benthic invertebrates<br />

Percentage cover of macroalgae<br />

Density of string kelp species<br />

There have been four surveys in the Twofold Shelf Bioregion marine sanctuaries over the<br />

past nine years: February 2001; March 2004; February 2006; and March-May 2009. The key<br />

observations during this time for the Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary, Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park and Cape Howe Marine National Park are provided below.<br />

Key Observations for Relevant Marine Protected Areas<br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary<br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary (MS) is a unique pinnacle environment and includes features<br />

such as a seal haulout, stands of bull kelp Durvillaea potatorum and aggregations of butterfly<br />

perch Caesioperca lepidoptera. Key observations made at Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary<br />

during the monitoring program are:<br />

The sites in the Beware <strong>Reef</strong> monitoring region had seaweed, invertebrate and fish<br />

communities that were distinctly different to the other monitoring regions. Assemblage<br />

differences between the Beware <strong>Reef</strong> and Pearl Point monitoring sites were maintained<br />

over the monitoring period.<br />

Algal species richness had an increasing trend at both sites.<br />

Invertebrate diversity decreased at Beware <strong>Reef</strong> MS between 2004, 2006 and 2009.<br />

The abundance of bull kelp Durvillaea potatorum increased by 16% between 2006 and<br />

2009.<br />

II


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

The abundances of feather star Comanthus trichoptera increased markedly at both<br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong> MS and Pearl Point between 2006 and 2009.<br />

The long spined sea urchin Centrostephanus rodgersii decreased slightly in abundance<br />

on the transects at Beware <strong>Reef</strong> MS, however qualitative observations in deeper waters<br />

along the northern wall indicates densities in less exposed waters may have increased.<br />

The abundance of purple wrasse Notolabrus fucicola increased considerably at both<br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong> MS and Pearl Point between 2006 and 2009.<br />

Point Hicks Marine National Park<br />

For Point Hicks Marine National Park (MNP), the four MPA sites and two of the reference<br />

sites are situated on the granite slopes, boulders and outcrops around the Point Hicks<br />

headland. Two other reference sites are located several kilometres to the east on moderate<br />

relief reefs at Müller’s <strong>Reef</strong> and Petrel Point. Key observations made at Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park during the monitoring program are:<br />

The kelp stands in the Point Hicks region were generally a mixture of crazyweed,<br />

Phyllospora comosa, and common kelp, Ecklonia radiata, with the proportions of these to<br />

species varying according to the habitat and location.<br />

There were generally two invertebrate assemblage types, with a Point Hicks type<br />

(associated with higher Phyllospora abundances) and a Müller <strong>Reef</strong>/Petrel Point type<br />

(associated with higher Ecklonia abundances) – the latter group is dominated by filter<br />

feeders, including Comanthus trichoptera.<br />

The fish assemblages in the Point Hicks region were distinct from Beware <strong>Reef</strong> and Cape<br />

Howe, however there was no clear distinction between sites.<br />

Each monitoring site had a characteristic seaweed and invertebrate assemblage structure<br />

with site distinctiveness maintained between surveys.<br />

There were considerable changes at Old Jetty Bay within the Point Hicks MNP:<br />

o decreasing trend in algal species diversity from 2004 to 2009 with greatly<br />

reduced abundances of smaller thallose red algae and other significant<br />

compositional changes,<br />

o absence of string kelp, Macrocystis angustifolia, from 2006 to 2009.<br />

Increased canopy coverage of Phyllospora comosa at the reference site Krafts Garden<br />

with corresponding declines in smaller thallose red algal abundances.<br />

Persistent abundance of bull kelp, Durvillaea potatorum, at the reference site Durvillaea<br />

Flats.<br />

Very high densities of feather star, Comanthus trichoptera, at the reference sites Müllers<br />

<strong>Reef</strong> and Petrel Point (as with Pearl Point).<br />

Increased abundance of blacklip abalone, Haliotis rubra, within the MNP sites of Hicks<br />

Joggle and Hicks Lighthouse and at the reference sites Krafts Garden and Durvillaea<br />

Flats (all adjacent sites).<br />

Densities of blue throated wrasse, Notolabrus tetricus, and purple wrasse, N. fucicola,<br />

declined between 2004 and 2006 within the MNP at Hicks Southwest and Hicks Joggle<br />

and at the reference sites Durvillaea Flats, Müllers <strong>Reef</strong> and Petrel <strong>Reef</strong>.<br />

There were large temporal variations in density of herring cale, Odax cyanomelas, at<br />

most sites, with a substantial decline between 2006 and 2009 and a reduction in<br />

observed sizes.<br />

Densities of banded morwong, Cheilodactylus spectabilis, were generally more abundant<br />

within Point Hicks MNP, however densities in 2009 were generally lower than observed<br />

previously.<br />

Densities of sea sweep, Scorpis aequipinnis, were generally low, with nearly all<br />

individuals observed being within the Point Hicks MNP.<br />

III


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Cape Howe Marine National Park<br />

Cape Howe MNP is located adjacent to the NSW border. The four MPA sites are situated on<br />

low to moderate relief reef in the northern corner of the MNP. Two reference sites are located<br />

at Iron Prince <strong>Reef</strong>, in a 3 km 2 excision from the park. Other reference sites are located on<br />

granite reefs at Gabo Island. Key observations made at Cape Howe Marine National Park<br />

during the monitoring program are:<br />

The kelp stands in the Cape Howe region were large monospecific stands of crayweed<br />

Phyllospora comosa. The canopy cover of these stands are among the highest recorded<br />

for <strong>Victoria</strong>. There is considerable shading beneath the canopy of these stands, which<br />

often have a high cover of sessile invertebrates on the reef substratum, particularly at<br />

Howe West.<br />

There were large areas of sea urchin barrens in the Cape Howe region which were<br />

depauperate of seaweeds except for crustose coralline algae. These areas are<br />

predominantly on Gabo and Tullaberga Islands and support unique fish assemblages.<br />

<strong>Monitoring</strong> of the urchin barren areas was removed in 2009 and replaced with sites with<br />

seaweed cover to satisfy changed statistical requirements of the program.<br />

The fish fauna of the Cape Howe region was distinct from the Beware <strong>Reef</strong> and Point<br />

Hicks regions but there was little distinction between sites within the region. Two<br />

exceptions were Gabo Harbour and Gabo Monument, which had distinctly different<br />

assemblages which were maintained over the monitoring period.<br />

There was a marked increase in algal species richness at the two Iron Prince reference<br />

sites from 2004 to 2009.<br />

There was a marked increase in invertebrate diversity at Iron Prince West between 2006<br />

and 2009.<br />

Fish species richness and diversity within the Cape Howe MNP increased to its highest<br />

recorded level during 2009. Fish species richness and diversity was persistently high at<br />

the Iron Prince reference sites over the monitoring period.<br />

There were persistently high covers of crazyweed, Phyllospora comosa, at the two Iron<br />

Prince reference sites and at the adjacent two Cape Howe MNP sites, Howe West and<br />

Howe Central.<br />

There were considerable changes at the Howe Border site:<br />

o a marked decline in P. comosa cover, reducing from 70% cover in 2001 to<br />

29% cover in 2009,<br />

o decreases in blacklip abalone, Haliotis rubra, density and,<br />

o increased density of long-spined urchin, Centrostephanus rodgersii.<br />

There was a slight increase in the abundance of smaller erect seaweed species within<br />

Cape Howe MNP, including Halopteris spp., Haliptilon roseum, Amphiroa anceps,<br />

Carpomitra costata and Delisea pulchra.<br />

Blacklip abalone, H. rubra, abundances increased at the Howe Central site from 2006 to<br />

2009.<br />

The abundances of blue throated wrasse, Notolabrus tetricus, fluctuated between 2001<br />

and 2006 with notable increases in abundance in the Cape Howe MNP to 2009.<br />

There was an increasing trend in abundance of purple wrasse, N. fucicola, in the Cape<br />

Howe MNP from 2004 to 2006 to 2009.<br />

The sizes of herring cale, Odax cyanomelas, were considerably smaller in 2009 than<br />

2004.<br />

There was an increasing trend in abundance of banded morwong, Cheilodactylus<br />

spectabilis, within the Cape Howe MNP since 2001. There was no obvious increase in<br />

IV


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

density of larger individuals, however there were substantially more juvenile fish observed<br />

in 2009.<br />

The abundance of all fishes in the 12 to 20 cm size classes was considerably higher at<br />

Howe West, Howe Central and Iron Prince Wreck in 2009 compared with 2004.<br />

The densities of eastern blue groper, Achoerodus viridis, were generally low during the<br />

monitoring program. A much higher density was observed at Howe Central in 2009. Most<br />

of these fishes were small (< 300 mm).<br />

V


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

CONTENTS<br />

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY.............................................................................................II<br />

Key Observations for Relevant Marine Protected Areas.........................................................II<br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary ............................................................................................................II<br />

Point Hicks Marine National Park.........................................................................................................III<br />

Cape Howe Marine National Park....................................................................................................... IV<br />

CONTENTS............................................................................................................... VI<br />

INDEX OF FIGURES AND TABLES....................................................................... VIII<br />

1 INTRODUCTION .....................................................................................................1<br />

1.1 <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> Ecosystems of the Twofold Bioregion.........................................................1<br />

1.2 <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong> <strong>Program</strong>...................................................................................6<br />

1.2.1 Objectives....................................................................................................................................6<br />

1.2.2 <strong>Monitoring</strong> Protocols and Locations ............................................................................................7<br />

1.2.3 <strong>Monitoring</strong> in the Twofold Shelf Bioregion...................................................................................7<br />

2 METHODS...............................................................................................................8<br />

2.1 Site Selection and Survey Times.....................................................................................8<br />

2.2 Census Method .............................................................................................................10<br />

2.2.1 Transect Layout.........................................................................................................................10<br />

2.2.2 Method 1 – Mobile Fishes and Cephalopods............................................................................11<br />

2.2.3 Method 2 – Invertebrates and Cryptic Fishes ...........................................................................11<br />

2.2.4 Method 3 – Macroalgae and Sessile Invertebrates...................................................................11<br />

2.2.5 Method 4 – Macrocystis ............................................................................................................11<br />

2.3 Data Analysis ................................................................................................................16<br />

2.3.1 Community Structure.................................................................................................................16<br />

2.3.2 Depiction of Community Differences.........................................................................................16<br />

2.3.3 Trends in Community Structure ..................................................................................16<br />

2.3.4 Species Diversity........................................................................................................16<br />

2.3.5 Species Populations ...................................................................................................17<br />

3 REGIONAL COMMUNITY ANALYSIS..................................................................18<br />

3.1 Biogeography ................................................................................................................18<br />

3.2 Macroalgae....................................................................................................................18<br />

3.3 Invertebrates .................................................................................................................24<br />

3.4 Fish ...............................................................................................................................30<br />

4 BEWARE REEF MARINE SANCTUARY..............................................................36<br />

4.1 Site Descriptions ............................................................................................................36<br />

4.2 Macroalgae....................................................................................................................36<br />

4.3 Invertebrates .................................................................................................................39<br />

4.4 Fishes............................................................................................................................42<br />

5 POINT HICKS MARINE NATIONAL PARK..........................................................47<br />

5.1 Site Descriptions ............................................................................................................47<br />

5.2 Macroalgae....................................................................................................................48<br />

5.3 Invertebrates .................................................................................................................52<br />

VI


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

5.4 Fish ................................................................................................................................58<br />

6 CAPE HOWE MARINE NATIONAL PARK...........................................................65<br />

6.1 Site Descriptions ............................................................................................................65<br />

6.2 Macroalgae....................................................................................................................66<br />

6.3 Invertebrates .................................................................................................................69<br />

6.4 Fish ...............................................................................................................................73<br />

7 REEF CONDITION INDICATORS.........................................................................82<br />

7.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................82<br />

7.2 Indicator Calculation Methods .......................................................................................82<br />

7.2.1 Biodiversity (B) ..........................................................................................................................82<br />

7.2.2 Ecosystem Function and Processes (EF) .................................................................................83<br />

7.2.3 Climate Change (C)...................................................................................................................83<br />

7.2.4 Fishing (F) .................................................................................................................................84<br />

7.2.5 Environment (E) ........................................................................................................................85<br />

7.3 Indicator Results............................................................................................................86<br />

7.3.1 Indicator Plots and Legends......................................................................................................86<br />

7.3.2 Biodiversity (B) ..........................................................................................................................86<br />

7.3.3 Ecosystem Function and Processes (EF) .................................................................................91<br />

7.3.5 Fishing (F) .................................................................................................................................95<br />

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS..........................................................................................104<br />

REFERENCES........................................................................................................105<br />

APPENDIX 1 ......................................................................................................... A1.1<br />

A1. Site Details................................................................................................................. A1.1<br />

A1.1 Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary.............................................................................................. A1.1<br />

A1.2 Point Hicks Marine National Park ........................................................................................... A1.3<br />

A1.3 Cape Howe Marine National Park......................................................................................... A1.11<br />

APPENDIX 2 ......................................................................................................... A2.1<br />

A2. Site Data.................................................................................................................... A2.1<br />

A2.1 Regional Community Analysis ................................................................................................ A2.1<br />

A2.2 Point Hicks Marine National Park ........................................................................................... A2.7<br />

A2.3 Cape Howe Marine National Park......................................................................................... A2.17<br />

VII


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

INDEX OF FIGURES AND TABLES<br />

FIGURES<br />

Figure 1.1. Examples of macroalgae, sessile invertebrates and substratum types<br />

present on subtidal reefs in the Twofold Shelf bioregion. ......................................... 2<br />

Figure 1.2. Examples of invertebrate species present on subtidal reefs in the Twofold<br />

Shelf bioregion......................................................................................................... 4<br />

Figure 1.3. Examples of fish species present on subtidal reefs in the Twofold Shelf<br />

bioregion.................................................................................................................. 5<br />

Figure 2.1. Location of sites for the <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong> <strong>Program</strong> in the Twofold<br />

Shelf bioregion. Coordinate system is Map Grid of Australia 1996 (MGA). .............10<br />

Figure 2.2. Biologist diver with transect reel. ........................................................................15<br />

Figure 2.3. The cover of macrophytes is measured by the number of points intersecting<br />

each species on the quadrat grid............................................................................15<br />

Figure 3.1. MDS plot of algal assemblage structure in the Twofold Shelf bioregion in<br />

March 2004. Kruskal stress = 0.15..........................................................................19<br />

Figure 3.2. Temporal changes in algal assemblage structure at Beware <strong>Reef</strong> MS and<br />

reference sites (data from Figure 3.1).....................................................................19<br />

Figure 3.3. Temporal changes in algal assemblage structure at Point Hicks MNP and<br />

reference sites (data from Figure 3.1).....................................................................20<br />

Figure 3.4. Temporal changes in algal assemblage structure at sites in the Cape Howe<br />

MNP and reference sites (data from Figure 3.1). ....................................................20<br />

Figure 3.5. Seaweed species richness index for monitoring sites in for Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Marine Sanctuary and reference sites.....................................................................21<br />

Figure 3.6. Seaweed species richness index for monitoring sites in for Point Hicks<br />

Marine National Park and reference sites. ..............................................................21<br />

Figure 3.7. Seaweed species richness index for monitoring sites in for Cape Howe<br />

Marine National Park and reference sites. ..............................................................22<br />

Figure 3.8. Seaweed species diversity index (Hill’s N 2 ) for Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine<br />

Sanctuary and reference sites. ...............................................................................22<br />

Figure 3.9. Seaweed species diversity index (Hill’s N 2 ) for Point Hicks Marine National<br />

Park and reference sites.........................................................................................23<br />

Figure 3.10. Seaweed species diversity index (Hill’s N 2 ) for Cape Howe Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites...........................................................................23<br />

Figure 3.11. MDS plot of invertebrate assemblage structure in the Twofold Shelf<br />

bioregion in March 2004. Kruskal stress = 0.10. .....................................................25<br />

Figure 3.12. Temporal changes in invertebrate assemblage structure at Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

MS and reference sites (data from Figure 3.11)......................................................25<br />

Figure 3.13. Temporal changes in invertebrate assemblage structure at Point Hicks<br />

MNP and reference sites (data from Figure 3.11). ..................................................26<br />

Figure 3.14. Temporal changes in invertebrate assemblage structure at Cape Howe<br />

MNP and reference sites (data from Figure 3.11). ..................................................26<br />

Figure 3.15. Invertebrate species richness index for Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary<br />

and reference sites. ................................................................................................27<br />

Figure 3.16. Invertebrate species richness index for Point Hicks Marine National Park<br />

and reference sites. ................................................................................................27<br />

Figure 3.17. Invertebrate species richness index for Cape Howe Marine National Park<br />

and reference sites. ................................................................................................28<br />

VIII


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Figure 3.18. Invertebrate species diversity index (Hill’s N 2 ) for Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine<br />

Sanctuary and reference site. .................................................................................28<br />

Figure 3.19. Invertebrate species diversity index (Hill’s N 2 ) for Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites...........................................................................29<br />

Figure 3.20. Invertebrate species diversity index (Hill’s N 2 ) for Cape Howe Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites...........................................................................29<br />

Figure 3.22. Temporal changes in fish assemblage structure at Beware <strong>Reef</strong> MS and<br />

reference sites (data from Figure 3.21)...................................................................31<br />

Figure 3.23. Temporal changes in fish assemblage structure at Point Hicks MNP and<br />

references (data from Figure 3.21). ........................................................................32<br />

Figure 3.24. Temporal changes in fish assemblage structure at Cape Howe MNP and<br />

reference sites (data from Figure 3.21)...................................................................32<br />

Figure 3.25. Fish species richness index for Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary and<br />

reference sites........................................................................................................33<br />

Figure 3.26. Fish species richness index for Point Hicks Marine National Park and<br />

reference sites........................................................................................................33<br />

Figure 3.27. Fish species richness index for Cape Howe Marine National Park and<br />

reference sites........................................................................................................34<br />

Figure 3.28. Fish species diversity index (Hill’s N 2 ) for Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary<br />

and reference sites. ................................................................................................34<br />

Figure 3.29. Fish species diversity index (Hill’s N 2 ) for Point Hicks Marine National Park<br />

and reference sites. ................................................................................................35<br />

Figure 3.30. Fish species diversity index (Hill’s N 2 ) for Cape Howe Marine National<br />

Park and reference sites.........................................................................................35<br />

Figure 4.1. Location of monitoring sites associated with Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine<br />

Sanctuary. The sanctuary is shaded blue. Coordinate system is Map Grid of<br />

Australia 1996 (MGA). ............................................................................................36<br />

Figure 4.2. Abundances (percent cover) of kelp Ecklonia radiata in Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Marine Sanctuary and at the Pearl Point reference site. .........................................37<br />

Figure 4.3. Abundances (percent cover) of Phyllospora comosa in Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine<br />

Sanctuary and at the Pearl Point reference site......................................................38<br />

Figure 4.4. Abundances (percent cover) of crustose coralline algae in Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Marine Sanctuary and at the Pearl Point reference site. .........................................38<br />

Figure 4.5. Abundances (percent cover) of Durvillaea potatorum in Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Marine Sanctuary and at the Pearl Point reference site. .........................................39<br />

Figure 4.6. Densities (per 200 m²) of feather star Comanthus trichoptera in Beware<br />

<strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary and at the Pearl Point reference site..................................40<br />

Figure 4.7. Densities (per 200 m²) of long spined sea urchin Centrostephanus rodgersii<br />

in Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary and at the Pearl Point reference site. ................40<br />

Figure 4.8. Densities (per 200 m²) of black lip abalone Haliotis rubra in Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Marine Sanctuary and at the Pearl Point reference site. ........................................41<br />

Figure 4.9. Densities (per 200 m²) of common sea urchin Heliocidaris erythrogramma in<br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary and at the Pearl Point reference site....................41<br />

Figure 4.10. Mean sizes (mm ± 25 standard error) of black lip abalone Haliotis rubra at<br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary and at the Pearl Point reference site.....................42<br />

Figure 4.11. Aggregation of butterfly perch Caesioperca lepidoptera....................................43<br />

Figure 4.12. Densities (number per 2000 m 2 ) of blue throated wrasse Notolabrus<br />

tetricus in Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary and at Pearl Point reference site...........43<br />

IX


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Figure 4.13. Densities (number per 2000 m 2 ) of purple wrasse, Notolabrus fucicola, in<br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary and at Pearl Point reference site...........................44<br />

Figure 4.14. Densities (number per 2000 m 2 ) of herring cale Odax cyanomelas in<br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary and at Pearl Point reference site...........................44<br />

Figure 4.15. Densities (number per 2000 m 2 ) of banded morwong Cheilodactylus<br />

spectabilis in Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary and at Pearl Point reference site......45<br />

Figure 4.16. Purple wrasse, Notolabrus fucicola, size-densities (number per 2000 m 2 )<br />

in Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary and Pearl Point reference site...........................45<br />

Figure 4.17. Blue throated wrasse Notolabrus tetricus size-densities (number per 2000<br />

m 2 ) in Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary and Pearl Point reference site.....................46<br />

Figure 4.18. Size-densities of all observed reef fishes (number per 2000 m 2 ) in Beware<br />

<strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary and Pearl Point reference site............................................46<br />

Figure 5.1. Location of monitoring sites associated with Point Hicks Marine National<br />

Park. The park area is shaded blue. Coordinate system is Map Grid of<br />

Australia 1996 (MGA). ............................................................................................48<br />

Figure 5.2. Site abundances (percent cover) of crayweed Phyllospora comosa at Point<br />

Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites......................................................49<br />

Figure 5.3. Site abundances (percent cover) of common kelp Ecklonia radiata at Point<br />

Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites......................................................50<br />

Figure 5.4. Site abundances (percent cover) of brown strapweed Cystophora<br />

moniliformis at Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites.....................50<br />

Figure 5.5. Site abundances (percent cover) of red understorey alga Rhodymenia<br />

linearis at Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites.............................51<br />

Figure 5.6. Site abundances (percent cover) of crustose coralline algae at Point Hicks<br />

Marine National Park and reference sites. ..............................................................51<br />

Figure 5.7. Abundances (percent cover) of seaweeds of interest at selected Point Hicks<br />

Marine National Park and reference sites: string kelp Macrocystis angustifolia;<br />

wiry brown weed Acrocarpia paniculata; and bull kelp Durvillaea potatorum.<br />

Sites: (3204) Old Jetty Bay; and (3216) Durvillaea Flats.........................................52<br />

Figure 5.8. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of the feather star Comanthus trichoptera at<br />

Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites.............................................53<br />

Figure 5.9. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of the seastar Meridiastra calcar at Point<br />

Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites......................................................54<br />

Figure 5.10. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of the trumpet shell Cabestana spengleri at<br />

Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites.............................................54<br />

Figure 5.11. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra at Point<br />

Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites......................................................55<br />

Figure 5.12. Mean sizes (mm ± standard error) of blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra at<br />

Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites.............................................55<br />

Figure 5.13. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of the common sea urchin Heliocidaris<br />

erythrogramma at Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites................56<br />

Figure 5.14. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of the red bait crab Plagusia chabrus at<br />

Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites.............................................56<br />

Figure 5.15. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of the long spined sea urchin<br />

Centrostephanus rodgersii at Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference<br />

sites........................................................................................................................57<br />

Figure 5.16. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of the turban shell Turbo undulatus at Point<br />

Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites......................................................57<br />

X


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Figure 5.17. Banded morwong Cheilodactylus spectabilis at Sensation <strong>Reef</strong>, Point<br />

Hicks Marine National Park.....................................................................................59<br />

Figure 5.18. Site abundances (number per 2000 m 2 ) of blue throated wrasse<br />

Notolabrus tetricus at Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites. .........59<br />

Figure 5.19. Size density (number per 2000 m 2 ) of blue throated wrasse Notolabrus<br />

tetricus at Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites. ...........................60<br />

Figure 5.20. Site abundances (number per 2000 m 2 ) of purple wrasse Notolabrus<br />

fucicola at Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites............................60<br />

Figure 5.21. Size density (number per 2000 m 2 ) of purple wrasse Notolabrus fucicola at<br />

Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites.............................................61<br />

Figure 5.22. Site abundances (number per 2000 m 2 ) of herring cale Odax cyanomelas<br />

at Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites.........................................61<br />

Figure 5.23. Size density (number per 2000 m 2 ) of herring cale Odax cyanomelas at<br />

Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites.............................................62<br />

Figure 5.24. Site abundances (number per 2000 m 2 ) of banded morwong<br />

Cheilodactylus spectabilis at Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference<br />

sites........................................................................................................................62<br />

Figure 5.25. Size density (number per 2000 m 2 ) of banded morwong Cheilodactylus<br />

spectabilis at Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites. ......................63<br />

Figure 5.26. Size density (number per 2000 m 2 ) of all observed reef fishes at Point<br />

Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites......................................................63<br />

Figure 5.27. Site abundances (number per 2000 m 2 ) of eastern kelpfish Aplodactylus<br />

lophodon at Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites. ........................64<br />

Figure 6.1. Location of monitoring sites at Cape Howe Marine National Park. Marine<br />

National Park is indicated in shaded grey. Coordinate system is Map Grid of<br />

Australia 1996 (MGA). ............................................................................................66<br />

Figure 6.2. Percent cover of crayweed Phyllospora comosa at Cape Howe Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites...........................................................................67<br />

Figure 6.3. Percent cover of crustose coralline algae at Cape Howe Marine National<br />

Park and reference sites.........................................................................................67<br />

Figure 6.4. Percent cover of small brown algae Halopteris spp. at Cape Howe Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites...........................................................................68<br />

Figure 6.5. Percent cover of small brown algae Halopteris spp. at Cape Howe Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites...........................................................................68<br />

Figure 6.6. Abundance (individuals per 200 m 2 ) of long spined sea urchin<br />

Centrostephanus rodgersii at Cape Howe Marine National Park and reference<br />

sites........................................................................................................................70<br />

Figure 6.7. Abundance (individuals per 200 m 2 ) of turban shell Turbo undulatus at<br />

Cape Howe Marine National Park and reference sites............................................70<br />

Figure 6.8. Abundance (individuals per 200 m 2 ) of black lip abalone Haliotis rubra at<br />

Cape Howe Marine National Park and reference sites............................................71<br />

Figure 6.9. Mean sizes (mm ± standard error) of blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra at Cape<br />

Howe Marine National Park and reference sites. ....................................................71<br />

Figure 6.10. Abundance (individuals per 200 m 2 ) of common sea urchin Heliocidaris<br />

erythrogramma at Cape Howe Marine National Park and reference sites. ..............72<br />

Figure 6.11. Abundance (individuals per 200 m 2 ) of trumpet shell Cabestana spengleri<br />

at Cape Howe Marine National Park and reference sites........................................72<br />

Figure 6.12. Site abundances (number per 2000 m 2 ) of blue throated wrasse<br />

Notolabrus tetricus at Cape Howe Marine National Park and reference sites..........74<br />

XI


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Figure 6.13. Size density (number per 2000 m 2 ) of blue throated wrasse Notolabrus<br />

tetricus at Cape Howe Marine National Park and reference sites............................75<br />

Figure 6.14. Site abundances (number per 2000 m 2 ) of purple wrasse Notolabrus<br />

fucicola at Cape Howe Marine National Park and reference sites...........................75<br />

Figure 6.15. Size density (number per 2000 m 2 ) of purple wrasse Notolabrus fucicola at<br />

Cape Howe Marine National Park and reference sites............................................76<br />

Figure 6.17. Site abundances (number per 2000 m 2 ) of herring cale Odax cyanomelas<br />

at Cape Howe Marine National Park and reference sites........................................76<br />

Figure 6.18. Size density (number per 2000 m 2 ) of herring cale Odax cyanomelas at<br />

Cape Howe Marine National Park and reference sites............................................77<br />

Figure 6.19. Site abundances (number per 2000 m 2 ) of banded morwong<br />

Cheilodactylus spectabilis at Cape Howe Marine National Park and reference<br />

sites........................................................................................................................77<br />

Figure 6.20. Size density (number per 2000 m 2 ) of banded morwong Cheilodactylus<br />

spectabilis at Cape Howe Marine National Park and reference sites.......................78<br />

Figure 6.21. Size density (number per 2000 m 2 ) of all fishes at Cape Howe Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites...........................................................................78<br />

Figure 6.22. Site abundances (number per 2000 m 2 ) of eastern kelpfish Aplodactylus<br />

lophodon at Cape Howe Marine National Park and reference sites. .......................79<br />

Figure 6.23. Site conditions and example photographs of typical fauna observed at Site<br />

11, Gabo Island Harbour, 24 May 2009. .................................................................80<br />

Figure 6.24. Site conditions and example photographs of typical flora and fauna<br />

observed at Site 25, Gabo Island Northeast Gulch, 23 May 2009...........................81<br />

Figure 7.1. Key to time series plots for Figures 7.2 to 7.19. ..................................................88<br />

Figure 7.2. Biodiversity condition indicators – species richness (B2): (a) fishes,<br />

including cryptic fishes; (b) mobile invertebrates; and (c) seaweeds. ......................88<br />

Figure 7.3. Biodiversity condition indicators – species diversity (B2): (a) fishes,<br />

including cryptic fishes; (b) mobile invertebrates; and (c) seaweeds. ......................89<br />

Figure 7.4. Biodiversity condition indicators – total abundance of individuals (B2): (a)<br />

fishes, number per 2000 m 2 ; (b) mobile invertebrates, number per 200 m 2 ; and<br />

(c) seaweeds, sum of percentage covers................................................................90<br />

Figure 7.5. Ecosystem function condition indicators – total abundance of individuals<br />

(EF1): (a) canopy-forming brown seaweeds, sum of percentage covers; (b)<br />

smaller brown seaweeds, sum of percentage covers; and (c) thallose red<br />

seaweeds, sum of percentage covers.....................................................................91<br />

Figure 7.5 (continued). Ecosystem function condition indicators – total abundance of<br />

individuals (EF1): (d) green seaweeds, sum of percentage covers; and (e)<br />

erect coralline seaweeds, sum of percentage covers..............................................92<br />

Figure 7.6. Climate condition indicators – proportion of Peronian biogeographic<br />

province species (C1): (a) fishes, percent; (b) invertebrates, percent; and (c)<br />

and seaweeds, percent...........................................................................................93<br />

Figure 7.7. Climate condition indicators – proportion of Peronian biogeographic<br />

province individuals (C2): (a) fishes, percent; (b) invertebrates, percent; and<br />

(c) and seaweeds, percent......................................................................................94<br />

Figure 7.8. Climate condition indicators – abundance of selected species (C3): (a)<br />

string kelp Macrocystis angustifolia, percent cover; (b) bull kelp Durvillaea<br />

potatorum, percent cover; and (c) and long-spined sea urchin<br />

Centrostephanus rodgersii, number per 200 m 2 ......................................................95<br />

XII


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Figure 7.9. Fishing condition indicators – blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra (F1-F3): (a)<br />

mean size, mm; (b) mean density of legal sized abalone, number per 200 m 2 ;<br />

and (c) mean abundance proportion of legal sized abalone....................................97<br />

Figure 7.10. Fishing condition indicators – packhorse lobster Jasus verreauxi (F4-F6):<br />

(a) mean size, mm; (b) mean density of legal sized lobster, number per 200<br />

m 2 ; and (c) mean abundance proportion of legal sized lobster................................98<br />

Figure 7.11. Fishing condition indicators – fish size spectra (F7-F8): (a) mean slope of<br />

spectra; and (b) mean half-height of spectra...........................................................99<br />

Figure 7.12. Fishing condition indicators – large fish biomass and abundance (F9-F10):<br />

(a) mean biomass of selected species, individuals ≥ 300 mm; and (b) mean<br />

proportion of selected fished species individuals of all fishes ≥ 300 mm. ................99<br />

Figure 7.13. Fishing condition indicators – banded morwong Cheilodactylus spectabilis<br />

(F11): (a) mean densities of individuals ≥ 300 mm, number per 2000 m 2 ; and<br />

(b) mean size, mm................................................................................................100<br />

Figure 7.14. Fishing condition indicators – bastard trumpeter Latridopsis forsteri (F12):<br />

(a) mean densities of individuals ≥ 300 mm, number per 2000 m 2 ; and (b)<br />

mean size, mm. ....................................................................................................100<br />

Figure 7.15. Fishing condition indicators – blue throated wrasse Notolabrus tetricus<br />

(F13): (a) mean densities of individuals ≥ 300 mm, number per 2000 m 2 ; and<br />

(b) mean size, mm................................................................................................101<br />

Figure 7.16. Fishing condition indicators – purple wrasse Notolabrus fucicola (F14): (a)<br />

mean densities of individuals ≥ 300 mm, number per 2000 m 2 ; and (b) mean<br />

size, mm. ..............................................................................................................101<br />

Figure 7.17. Fishing condition indicators – crimson banded wrasse Notolabrus<br />

gymnogenis (F15): (a) mean densities of individuals ≥ 300 mm, number per<br />

2000 m 2 ; and (b) mean size, mm. .........................................................................102<br />

Figure 7.18. Fishing condition indicators – eastern blue groper Achoerodus viridis<br />

(F16): (a) mean densities of individuals ≥ 300 mm, number per 2000 m 2 ; and<br />

(b) mean size, mm................................................................................................102<br />

Figure 7.19. Environment condition indicators – dominance of selected components<br />

(E1-E3): (a) relative proportion of canopy browns (CB) and green and red<br />

seaweeds (GR); (b) relative proportion of canopy browns (CB) and crustose<br />

coralline algae (CCA); and (b) cover of sand. .......................................................103<br />

TABLES<br />

Table 2.1. <strong>Subtidal</strong> reef monitoring sites and survey times in the Twofold Shelf<br />

bioregion.................................................................................................................. 9<br />

Table 2.2. Mobile fish (Method 1) surveyed in the Twofold bioregion....................................12<br />

Table 2.3. Invertebrates and cryptic fish (Method 2) surveyed on the in the Twofold<br />

Shelf bioregion........................................................................................................13<br />

Table 2.4. Macroalgae (Method 3) surveyed on the in the Twofold Shelf bioregion. .............14<br />

XIII


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

1 INTRODUCTION<br />

1.1 <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> Ecosystems of the Twofold Bioregion<br />

The Twofold Shelf bioregion extends from east of Wilsons Promontory to Tathra in southern<br />

New South Wales. The western portion of the Twofold Shelf bioregion is largely comprised of<br />

long sandy beaches (Ninety Mile Beach) with extensive areas of inshore and offshore sandy<br />

beds with some small offshore reefs. The sandy habitats of the far eastern coastline are<br />

punctuated by rocky headlands and localised outcrops of granite and metamorphic rocks,<br />

such as at Cape Conran, Point Hicks, Rame Head, Gabo Island and Iron Prince at Cape<br />

Howe. Sea temperatures are warmer in the Twofold Shelf region compared to elsewhere in<br />

<strong>Victoria</strong> because of incursions of the East Australia current bringing warmer water down the<br />

east coast of the continent. The continental slope is quite close to the far eastern <strong><strong>Victoria</strong>n</strong><br />

shore and cold-water upwellings are frequent. These upwellings provide nutrients to the<br />

inshore ecosystems, contributing to high productivity. The biota of this region has a high<br />

component of eastern temperate species, in addition to many southern temperate and<br />

cosmopolitan species.<br />

A prominent biological component of all <strong><strong>Victoria</strong>n</strong> shallow reefs is kelps and other seaweeds<br />

(Figure 1.1). Large species of brown algae, such as the common kelp, Ecklonia radiate, and<br />

crazyweed, Phyllospora comosa, are usually present along the open coast in dense stands.<br />

The production rates of dense seaweed beds are equivalent to the most productive habitats<br />

in the world, including seagrass beds and terrestrial grasslands, with approximately 2 kg of<br />

plant material produced per square metre per year. These stands may have 10-30 kg of plant<br />

material per square metre. The biomass of seaweeds is greater where giant species such as<br />

string kelp, Macrocystis angustifolia, and bull kelp, Durvillaea potatorum, occur.<br />

Seaweeds provide important habitat structure for other organisms on the reef. This habitat<br />

structure varies considerably, depending on the type of seaweed species present. Tall<br />

vertical structures in the water column are formed by Macrocystis angustifolia, which<br />

sometimes forms a dense layer of fronds floating on the water surface. Other species with<br />

large, stalk-like stipes, such as Ecklonia radiata, Phyllospora comosa and Durvillaea<br />

potatorum, form a canopy 0.5-2 m above the rocky substratum. Lower layers of structure are<br />

formed by: foliose macroalgae typically 10-30 cm high, such as the green Caulerpa and red<br />

Plocamium species; turfs (to 10 cm high) of red algae species, such as Pterocladia<br />

capillacea; and hard encrusting layers of pink coralline algae. The nature and composition of<br />

these structural layers varies considerably within and between reefs, depending on the<br />

biogeographical region, depth, exposure to swell and waves, currents, temperature range,<br />

water clarity and presence of sand.<br />

1


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

a. Coralline algae Amphiroa anceps. b. Peacock-weed Lobophora variegata.<br />

c. Soft coral Capnella gaboensis. d. Mixed red and brown algae.<br />

e. Caulerpa trifaria. f. Urchin barren.<br />

Figure 1.1. Examples of macroalgae, sessile invertebrates and substratum types present on subtidal<br />

reefs in the Twofold Shelf bioregion.<br />

2


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Grazing and predatory mobile invertebrates are prominent animal inhabitants of the reef<br />

(Figure 1.2). An important invertebrate of the eastern Twofold Shelf bioregion is the longspined<br />

sea urchin, Centrostephanus rodgersii. Centrostephanus forms large grazing<br />

aggregations which denude the reef of erect algal species, forming ‘sea urchin barrens’.<br />

Removal of large seaweeds by Centrostephanus causes substantial changes to subtidal reef<br />

community structure on reefs in eastern temperate Australia.<br />

Other common invertebrate grazers found at Twofold Shelf reefs include blacklip abalone<br />

Haliotis rubra, the eastern temperate gastropod, Astralium tentoriformis, warrener, Turbo<br />

undulates, and sea urchin, Heliocidaris erythrogramma. Predatory invertebrates include<br />

dogwhelks, Dicathais orbita, eastern rock lobster ,Jasus verreauxi, octopus, Octopus<br />

moarum and a wide variety of seastar species. Other large reef invertebrates include mobile<br />

filter feeding animals such as feather stars, Comanthus trichoptera and sessile (attached)<br />

species such as sponges, corals, bryozoans, hydroids and ascidians.<br />

Fish are also a dominant component of reef ecosystems, in terms of both biomass and<br />

ecological function (Figure 1.3). <strong>Reef</strong> fish assemblages include roaming predators such as<br />

blue-throated wrasse, Notolabrus tetricus, herbivores such as herring cale, Odax<br />

cyanomelas, planktivores such as sea sweep, Scorpis aequipinnis, and picker-feeders such<br />

as six-spined leatherjacket, Meuschenia freycineti. The type and abundance of each fish<br />

species varies considerably, depending on exposure to swell and waves, depth, currents,<br />

reef structure, seaweed habitat structure and many other ecological variables. Many fish<br />

species play a substantial ecological role in the functioning and shaping of the ecosystem.<br />

For example, breeding aggregations of herring cale, Odax cyanomelas, at certain times of<br />

the year can increase patchiness in algal assemblages by concentrating herbivory on kelps<br />

in small areas for short periods of time.<br />

Although shallow reef ecosystems in <strong>Victoria</strong> are dominated by seaweeds, mobile<br />

invertebrates and fishes, in terms of biomass and production, there are many other important<br />

biological components to the reef ecosystem. These include small species of crustaceans<br />

and molluscs from 0.1 to 10 mm in size, occupying various niches as grazers, predators or<br />

foragers. At the microscopic level, films of microalgae and bacteria on the reef surface are<br />

also very important.<br />

3


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

a. Sea urchin Heliocidaris erythrogramma. b. Sea urchin Centrostephanus rodgersii.<br />

c. Nudibranch Hypselodoris bennetti. d. Pencil urchin Phyllacanthus parvispinus.<br />

e. Black-lipped abalone Haliotis rubra. f. Feather star Comanthus trichoptera.<br />

Figure 1.2. Examples of invertebrate species present on subtidal reefs in the Twofold Shelf bioregion.<br />

4


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

a. Six-spined Leatherjacket b. White-ear Parma microlepis.<br />

Meuschenia freycineti.<br />

c. Maori wrasse Ophthalmolepis lineolatus, d. Purple wrasse Notolabrus fucicola (left),<br />

Blue-throat wrasse Notolabrus tetricus (rear). banded morwong Cheilodactylus spectabilis<br />

(right).<br />

e. Eastern hulafish Trachinops taeniatus. f. Trevally Pseudocaranx georgianus.<br />

Figure 1.3. Examples of fish species present on subtidal reefs in the Twofold Shelf bioregion.<br />

5


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

<strong>Victoria</strong>’s shallow reefs are a very important component of the marine environment because<br />

of their high biological complexity, species diversity and productivity. <strong>Subtidal</strong> reef habitats<br />

also have important social and cultural values, which incorporate aesthetic, recreational,<br />

commercial and historical aspects. Shallow subtidal reefs also have significant economic<br />

value, through commercial fishing of reef species such as wrasses, morwong, rock lobster,<br />

abalone and sea urchins, as well as recreational fishing, diving and other tourism activities.<br />

1.2 <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong> <strong>Program</strong><br />

1.2.1 Objectives<br />

An important aspect of the management and conservation of <strong><strong>Victoria</strong>n</strong> marine natural<br />

resources and assets is assessing the condition of the ecosystem and how this changes over<br />

time. Combined with an understanding of ecosystem processes, this information can be used<br />

to manage any threats or pressures on the environment to ensure ecosystem sustainability.<br />

Consequently, the <strong><strong>Victoria</strong>n</strong> Government has established a long-term <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong><br />

<strong>Monitoring</strong> <strong>Program</strong> (SRMP). The primary objective of the SRMP is to provide information on<br />

the status of <strong><strong>Victoria</strong>n</strong> reef flora and fauna (focussing on macroalgae, macroinvertebrates<br />

and fish). This includes monitoring the nature and magnitude of trends in species<br />

abundances, species diversity and community structure. This is achieved through regular<br />

surveys at locations throughout <strong>Victoria</strong>, encompassing both representative and unique<br />

habitats and communities.<br />

Information from the SRMP allows managers to better understand and interpret long-term<br />

changes in the population and community dynamics of <strong>Victoria</strong>’s reef flora and fauna. As a<br />

longer time series of data is collected, the SRMP will allow managers to:<br />

Compare changes in the status of species populations and biological communities<br />

between highly protected marine national parks and marine sanctuaries and other<br />

<strong><strong>Victoria</strong>n</strong> reef areas (e.g. Edgar and Barrett 1997, 1999).<br />

Determine associations between species and between species and environmental<br />

parameters (e.g. depth, exposure, reef topography) and assess how these associations<br />

vary through space and time (e.g. Edgar et al. 1997; Dayton et al. 1998; Edmunds et al.<br />

2000).<br />

Provide benchmarks for assessing the effectiveness of management actions, in<br />

accordance with international best practice for quality environmental management<br />

systems (Holling 1978; Meredith 1997).<br />

Determine the responses of species and communities to unforeseen and unpredictable<br />

events such as marine pest invasions, mass mortality events, oil spills, severe storm<br />

events and climate change (e.g. Ebeling et al. 1985; Edgar 1998; Roob et al. 2000;<br />

Sweatman et al. 2003).<br />

A monitoring survey gives an estimate of population abundance and community structure at<br />

a small window in time. Patterns seen in data from periodic surveys are unlikely to exactly<br />

match changes in the real populations over time or definitively predict the size and nature of<br />

future variation. Plots of changes over time are unlikely to match the changes in real<br />

populations because changes over shorter time periods and actual minima and maxima may<br />

not be adequately sampled (e.g. Figure 1.4). Furthermore, because the nature and<br />

magnitude of environmental variation is different over different time scales, variation over<br />

long periods may not be adequately predicted from shorter-term data. Sources of<br />

environmental variation can operate at the scale of months (e.g. seasonal variation,<br />

harvesting), years (e.g. el Niño), decades (e.g. pollution, extreme storm events) or even<br />

centuries (e.g. tsunamis, global warming). Other studies indicate this monitoring program will<br />

begin to adequately reflect average trends and patterns as the surveys continue over longer<br />

6


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

periods (multiple years to decades). Results of this monitoring need to be interpreted within<br />

the context of the monitoring frequency and duration.<br />

Parameter<br />

Time<br />

Figure 1.4 An example plot depicting change in an environmental, population or community variable<br />

over time (days, months or years) and potential patterns from isolated observations.<br />

1.2.2 <strong>Monitoring</strong> Protocols and Locations<br />

The SRMP uses standardised underwater visual census methods based on an approach<br />

developed and applied in Tasmania by Edgar and Barrett (1997). Details of standard<br />

operational procedures and quality control protocols for <strong>Victoria</strong>’s SRMP are described in<br />

Edmunds and Hart (2003).<br />

The SRMP was initiated in May 1998 with 15 sites established on subtidal reef habitats in the<br />

vicinity of Port Phillip Heads Marine National Park. In 1999 the SRMP was expanded to reefs<br />

in the vicinity of the Bunurong Marine National Park, Phillip Island, and Wilsons Promontory<br />

Marine National Park.<br />

In 2003 and 2004, the <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong> <strong>Program</strong> was expanded to include Marine<br />

National <strong>Parks</strong> and Marine Sanctuaries throughout <strong>Victoria</strong>.<br />

1.2.3 <strong>Monitoring</strong> in the Twofold Shelf Bioregion<br />

This report describes the subtidal reef monitoring program and results from surveys of<br />

subtidal reefs in the Twofold Shelf bioregion, including at Point Hicks and Cape Howe Marine<br />

National <strong>Parks</strong> and Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary. The objectives of this report were to:<br />

1. Provide an overview of the methods used for the SRMP.<br />

2. Provide general descriptions of the biological communities and species populations at<br />

each monitoring site up to February 2009.<br />

3. Describe changes and trends that have occurred over the monitoring period.<br />

4. Identify any unusual biological phenomena such as interesting or unique communities<br />

or species.<br />

5. Identify any introduced species at the monitoring locations.<br />

7


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

2 METHODS<br />

2.1 Site Selection and Survey Times<br />

<strong>Subtidal</strong> reefs were quantitatively surveyed in the Cape Howe and Point Hicks regions in<br />

2001, before the current marine protected areas were gazetted (Edmunds et al. 2001).<br />

These sites were located on available subtidal reefs inside and outside the current marine<br />

protected area boundaries. Consequently, it was considered appropriate to incorporate these<br />

surveyed sites into the formal subtidal reef monitoring program that commenced in 2004<br />

(data courtesy of Australian Marine Ecology).<br />

In 2001, seven sites were surveyed at the Point Hicks region and eight sites in the Cape<br />

Howe region (Edmunds et al. 2001). Although the objectives of the earlier study were<br />

different to this one, the same survey method was used and many of these sites were<br />

appropriate for the <strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> long-term monitoring program. Some of the sites were<br />

unsuitable for the SRMP because of their depth or representativeness. Nine of these sites<br />

were selected as part of the long-term subtidal reef monitoring program.<br />

Since the commencement of the SRMP, two sites at Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary, eight<br />

sites Point Hicks Marine National Park and at least eight sites at Cape Howe have been<br />

surveyed on three occasions:<br />

1. March 2004,<br />

2. February 2006, and<br />

3. March-May 2009 (Figure 2.1; Table 2.1).<br />

At Beware <strong>Reef</strong>, one site was located inside the marine sanctuary and one site outside the<br />

marine sanctuary. At Point Hicks, four sites inside and four sites outside the marine national<br />

park were surveyed (Figure 2.1).<br />

At Cape Howe, four sites inside and four sites outside the marine national park were<br />

surveyed in 2004 and 2006. In 2009, three of these sites were discontinued and three new<br />

sites were established. Under the direction of <strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong>, two reference sites dominated<br />

by sea urchin barrens were substituted for two sites with seaweeds. One site in the MNP was<br />

deemed too close to the others so this was replaced by a more distant, but deeper site. A<br />

non-SRMP site, Site 11 Gabo Harbour, was resurveyed opportunistically during the 2009<br />

survey, being previously surveyed in 2001 (Table 2.1).<br />

Descriptions of the monitoring sites are presented in the following sections of each marine<br />

protected area.<br />

8


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Table 2.1. <strong>Subtidal</strong> reef monitoring sites and survey times in the Twofold Shelf bioregion.<br />

Site<br />

No.<br />

Site Name<br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong> MS<br />

MPA/<br />

Reference<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Survey 1 Survey 2 Survey 3 Survey 4<br />

3223 Beware <strong>Reef</strong> MPA 10 25-03-04 12-02-06 20-03-09<br />

3224 Pearl Point Reference 8 25-03-04 12-02-06 20-03-09<br />

Point Hicks MNP<br />

3204 Old Jetty Bay MPA 4 06-02-01 17-03-04 08-02-06 20-03-09<br />

3221 Hicks Southwest MPA 8 25-03-04 12-02-06 19-03-09<br />

3222 Hicks Joggle MPA 5 25-03-04 12-02-06 19-03-09<br />

3206 Hicks Lighthouse MPA 5 10-02-01 19-03-04 15-02-06 19-03-09<br />

3207 Krafts Garden Reference 5 10-02-01 17-03-04 15-02-06 22-03-09<br />

3216 Durvillaea Flats Reference 4 17-03-04 15-02-06 22-03-09<br />

3217 Müller <strong>Reef</strong> Reference 7 19-03-04 16-02-06 22-03-09<br />

3218 Petrel Point Reference 8 19-03-04 15-02-06 22-03-09<br />

Cape Howe MNP<br />

3220<br />

Howe<br />

1 MPA 10 21-03-04 14-02-06<br />

Perpendicular<br />

3227 Howe Outer 2 MPA 14 05-05-09<br />

3213 Howe West MPA 7 09-02-01 20-03-04 09-02-06 18-03-09<br />

3214 Howe Central MPA 8 09-02-01 20-03-04 09-02-06 18-03-09<br />

3215 Howe Border MPA 10 11-02-01 20-03-04 09-02-06 18-03-09<br />

3208 Tullaberga Deep 3 Reference 7 07-02-01 23-03-04 14-02-06<br />

3210 Gabo Monument 3 Reference 6 07-02-01 23-03-04 14-02-06<br />

3211 Gabo Harbour 4 Reference 5 07-02-01 24-03-09<br />

3225 Gabo NE Gulch 5 Reference 7 23-03-09<br />

3226<br />

Gabo Boulder<br />

5 Reference 9 24-03-09<br />

Bay<br />

3212 Iron Prince West Reference 5 09-02-01 21-03-04 16-02-06 23-03-09<br />

3219 Prince Wreck Reference 6 21-03-04 12-02-06 23-03-09<br />

Notes: (1) discontinued as deemed too close to other sites; (2) replacement MPA site offshore and<br />

deeper than other sites; (3) discontinued as sea urchin barrens deemed not representative enough for<br />

statistical analysis purposes; (4) not part of the SRMP but opportunistically resurveyed because of<br />

high conservation values; and (5) new reference sites with seaweed rather than urchin barren<br />

communities.<br />

9


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Cape Howe<br />

MNP<br />

Beware<br />

<strong>Reef</strong> MS<br />

Point Hicks MNP<br />

Figure 2.1. Location of sites for the <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong> <strong>Program</strong> in the Twofold Shelf bioregion.<br />

Coordinate system is Map Grid of Australia 1996 (MGA).<br />

2.2 Census Method<br />

2.2.1 Transect Layout<br />

The visual census methods of Edgar and Barrett (Edgar & Barrett 1997, 1999; Edgar et al.<br />

1997) are used for this monitoring program. These are non-destructive and provide<br />

quantitative data on a large number of species and the structure of the reef communities.<br />

The Edgar-Barrett method is also used in Tasmania, New South Wales, South Australia and<br />

Western Australia. The adoption of this method in <strong>Victoria</strong> provides a systematic and<br />

comparable approach to monitoring reefs in southern Australia. The surveys in <strong>Victoria</strong> are in<br />

accordance with a standard operational procedure to ensure long-term integrity and quality of<br />

the data (Edmunds and Hart 2003).<br />

At most monitoring locations in <strong>Victoria</strong>, surveying along the 5 m depth contour is considered<br />

optimal because diving times are not limited by decompression schedules and these reefs<br />

are of interest to natural resource managers. However, the actual depth that can be surveyed<br />

varies with reef extent, geomorphology and exposure. <strong>Monitoring</strong> sites in the Twofold Shelf<br />

Bioregion vary between 4 and 14 metres. <strong>Monitoring</strong> sites were established in deeper water<br />

in this area because many sites were exposed to large swells and turbulent conditions.<br />

Each site is located using a differential GPS and marked with a buoy or the boat anchor. A<br />

100 m numbered and weighted transect line is run along the appropriate depth contour either<br />

side of the central marker. The resulting 200 m of line is divided into four contiguous 50 m<br />

sections (T1 to T4). The orientation of transect is the same for each survey, with T1 generally<br />

toward the north or east (i.e. anticlockwise around the coast).<br />

For each transect, four different census methods were used to obtain adequate descriptive<br />

information on reef communities at different spatial scales. These involved the census of: (1)<br />

the abundance and size structure of large fishes; (2) the abundance of cryptic fishes and<br />

benthic invertebrates; (3) the percent cover of macroalgae and sessile invertebrates; and (4)<br />

the density of string kelp Macrocystis angustifolia plants (where present). Over 100 species<br />

were observed during the monitoring program in the Twofold Shelf bioregion (Tables 2.2 to<br />

10


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

2.4). The depth, horizontal visibility, sea state and cloud cover are recorded for each site.<br />

Horizontal visibility is gauged by the distance along the transect line to detect a 100 mm long<br />

fish. All field observations are recorded on underwater paper.<br />

2.2.2 Method 1 – Mobile Fishes and Cephalopods<br />

The densities of mobile large fishes and cephalopods are estimated by a diver swimming up<br />

one side of a 50 m section of the transect, and then back along the other. The diver records<br />

the number and estimated size-class of fish, within 5 m of each side of the line (Figure 2.2).<br />

The size-classes for fish are 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 375, 400, 500,<br />

625, 750, 875 and 1000+ mm. Each diver has size-marks on their underwater slate to enable<br />

calibration of their size estimates. A total of four 10 x 50 m sections of the 200m transect are<br />

censused for mobile fish at each site. The data for easily sexed species are recorded<br />

separately for males and female/juveniles. Such species include the blue-throated wrasse<br />

Notolabrus tetricus, herring cale Odax cyanomelas, barber perch Caesioperca rasor, rosy<br />

wrasse Pseudolabrus rubicundus and some leatherjackets.<br />

2.2.3 Method 2 – Invertebrates and Cryptic Fishes<br />

Cryptic fishes and megafaunal invertebrates (non-sessile: e.g. large molluscs, echinoderms,<br />

crustaceans) are counted along the transect lines used for the fish survey. A diver counts<br />

animals within 1 m of one side of the line (a total of four 1 x 50 m sections of the 200 m<br />

transect). A known arm span of the diver is used to standardise the 1 m distance. The<br />

maximum length of abalone is measured in situ using vernier callipers whenever possible.<br />

Selected specimens are photographed or collected for identification and preservation in a<br />

reference collection.<br />

2.2.4 Method 3 – Macroalgae and Sessile Invertebrates<br />

The area covered by macroalgal and sessile invertebrate species is quantified by placing a<br />

0.25 m 2 quadrat at 10 m intervals along the transect line and determining the percent cover<br />

of the all plant species (Figure 2.3). The quadrat is divided into a grid of 7 x 7 perpendicular<br />

wires, giving 50 points (including one corner). Cover is estimated by counting the number of<br />

times each species occurs directly under the 50 positions on the quadrat (1.25 m 2 for each of<br />

the 50 m sections of the transect line). Selected specimens are photographed or collected for<br />

identification and preservation in a reference collection.<br />

2.2.5 Method 4 – Macrocystis<br />

Where present, the density of Macrocystis angustifolia plants is estimated. While swimming<br />

along the 200 m transect line, a diver counts all observable plants within 5 m either side of<br />

the line, for each 10 m section of the transect (giving counts for 100 m 2 sections of the<br />

transect).<br />

11


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Table 2.2. Mobile fish (Method 1) surveyed in the Twofold bioregion.<br />

Method 1<br />

Cephalopoda Mobile Bony Fishes Mobile Bony Fishes<br />

Octopus maorum Upeneichthys lineatus Dotalabrus aurantiacus<br />

Upeneichthys vlaminghii Eupetrichthys angustipes<br />

Sharks and Rays Pempheris multiradiata Notolabrus gymnogenis<br />

Heterodontus portusjacksoni Kyphosus sydneyanus Notolabrus tetricus<br />

Parascyllium ferrugineum Girella tricuspidata Notolabrus fucicola<br />

Cephaloscyllium laticeps Girella elevata Pseudolabrus rubicundus<br />

Orectolobus maculatus Girella zebra Pseudolabrus luculentus<br />

Dasyatis brevicaudata Scorpis aequipinnis Pictilabrus laticlavius<br />

Myliobatis australis Scorpis lineolata Odax acroptilus<br />

Urolophus cruciatus Atypichthys strigatus Odax cyanomelas<br />

Urolophus paucimaculatus Enoplosus armatus Neoodax balteatus<br />

Trygonoptera testacea Pentaceropsis recurvirostris Bovichtus angustifrons<br />

Parma victoriae<br />

Cristiceps australis<br />

Mobile Bony Fishes Parma microlepis Acanthaluteres vittiger<br />

Scorpaena papillosa Chromis hypsilepis Meuschenia australis<br />

Caesioperca lepidoptera Chironemus marmoratus Meuschenia flavolineata<br />

Caesioperca rasor Aplodactylus arctidens Meuschenia freycineti<br />

Hypoplectrodes maccullochi Aplodactylus lophodon Meuschenia hippocrepis<br />

Trachinops taeniatus Cheilodactylus fuscus Eubalichthys bucephalus<br />

Dinolestes lewini Cheilodactylus nigripes Eubalichthys mosaicus<br />

Pseudocaranx georgianus Cheilodactylus spectabilis Contusus brevicaudus<br />

Trachurus novaezelandiae Nemadactylus douglasii Tetractenos glaber<br />

Trachurus declivis Dactylophora nigricans Diodon nichthemerus<br />

Arripis georgianus<br />

Latridopsis forsteri<br />

Arripis spp. Sphyraena novaehollandiae Mammals<br />

Parequula melbournensis Achoerodus viridis Arctocephalus pusillus<br />

Pagrus auratus<br />

Ophthalmolepis lineolata<br />

12


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Table 2.3. Invertebrates and cryptic fish (Method 2) surveyed on the in the Twofold Shelf<br />

bioregion.<br />

Method 2<br />

Polychaete Worms Crustacea Cryptic Fishes<br />

Sabellastarte australiensis Jasus edwardsii Cephaloscyllium laticeps<br />

Jasus verreauxi<br />

Orectolobus maculatus<br />

Molluscs Paguristes frontalis Urolophus cruciatus<br />

Chitons Strigopagurus strigimanus Heterodontus portusjacksoni<br />

Haliotis rubra Nectocarcinus tuberculatus Lotella rhacina<br />

Scutus antipodes Plagusia chabrus Pseudophycis bachus<br />

Phasianotrochus eximius Pagurid spp. Pseudophycis barbata<br />

Phasianella australis<br />

Scorpaena papillosa<br />

Phasianella ventricosa Echinoderms Centropogon australis<br />

Turbo undulatus Comanthus trichoptera Helicolenus percoides<br />

Turbo jourdani Comanthus tasmaniae Hypoplectrodes maccullochi<br />

Astralium tentoriformis Tosia magnifica Pempheris multiradiata<br />

Charonia lampas rubicunda Tosia australis Pempheris compressa<br />

Cabestana spengleri Nectria ocellata Parma victoriae<br />

Cabestana tabulata Nectria multispina Parma microlepis<br />

Argobuccinium vexillum Meridiastra calcar Gymnothorax prasinus<br />

Ranella australasia Coscinasterias muricata Chromis hypsilepis<br />

Dicathais orbita Astrostole scabra Chironemus marmoratus<br />

Penion maxima Goniocidaris tubaria Eupetrichthys angustipes<br />

Cominella lineolata Phyllacanthus parvispinus Bovichtus angustifrons<br />

Tambja verconis Heliocidaris erythrogramma Trinorfolkia clarkei<br />

Neodoris chrysoderma Centrostephanus rodgersii Heteroclinus perspicillatus<br />

Hypselodoris bennetti Amblypneustes spp. Contusus brevicaudus<br />

Octopus berrima Holopneustes inflatus Diodon nichthemerus<br />

Octopus tetricus<br />

Holopneustes purpurascens<br />

Octopus spp.<br />

13


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Table 2.4. Macroalgae (Method 3) surveyed on the in the Twofold Shelf bioregion.<br />

Method 3<br />

Chlorophyta (green algae) Phaeophyta (brown algae) Rhodophyta (red algae)<br />

Ulva spp. Phyllospora comosa Plocamium dilatatum<br />

Chaetomorpha sp. Cystophora moniliformis Plocamium leptophyllum<br />

Chaetomorpha coliformis Cystophora monilifera Plocamium costatum<br />

Codium duthieae Cystophora retorta Mychodea acanthymenia<br />

Codium galeatum Cystophora siliquosa Asparagopsis armata<br />

Caulerpa scalpelliformis Acrocarpia paniculata Delisea pulchra<br />

Caulerpa trifaria Sargassum spp. Gracilaria secundata<br />

Caulerpa hodgkinsoniae Sargassum verruculosum Curdiea angustata<br />

Sargassum vestitum<br />

Amphiroa anceps<br />

Phaeophyta (brown algae) Brown algal turf Corallines unidentified<br />

Halopteris spp.<br />

Arthrocardia wardii<br />

Cladostephus spongiosus Rhodophyta (red algae) Haliptilon roseum<br />

Dictyota dichotoma Galaxaura marginata Rhodymenia australis<br />

Dictyota diemensis Pterocladia lucida Rhodymenia leptophylla<br />

Dilophus spp. Gelidium australe Rhodymenia linearis<br />

Dilophus marginatus Gelidium spp. Rhodymenia obtusa<br />

Dictyopteris acrostichoides Pterocladia capillacea Rhodymenia stenoglossa<br />

Dictyopteris muelleri Pterocladiella capillacea Rhodymenia wilsoni<br />

Padina sp. Nizymenia australis Cordylecladia furcellata<br />

Homeostrichus sinclairii Peyssonelia novaehollandiae Champia viridis<br />

Zonaria angustata Halymenia plana Ballia callitricha<br />

Zonaria crenata Grateloupia filicina Ceramium spp.<br />

Zonaria spp. Polyopes constrictus Griffithsia sp.<br />

Zonaria turneriana<br />

Polyopes tasmanicus<br />

(S. tasmanica)<br />

Hemineura frondosa<br />

Distromium spp. Callophyllis lambertii Dictymenia harveyana<br />

Exallosorus olsenii Callophyllis rangiferina Dictymenia tridens<br />

Lobophora variegata Plocamium angustum Lenormandia marginata<br />

Carpomitra costata Plocamium mertensii Other thallose red alga<br />

Sporochnus sp. Plocamium patagiatum Red turfing algae<br />

Colpomenia peregrina Phacelocarpus complanatus Encrusting corallines<br />

Colpomenia sinuosa Phacelocarpus peperocarpos Filamentous red algae<br />

Ecklonia radiata Acrotylus australis Lophurella periclados<br />

Macrocystis angustifolia Plocamium cartilagineum Nemastoma feredayae<br />

Durvillaea potatorum<br />

14


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Figure 2.2. Biologist diver with transect reel.<br />

Figure 2.3. The cover of macrophytes is measured by the number of points intersecting each species<br />

on the quadrat grid.<br />

15


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

2.3 Data Analysis<br />

2.3.1 Community Structure<br />

Community structure is a function of both the species present and the abundance of each<br />

species. The community structure between pairs of samples was compared using the Bray-<br />

Curtis dissimilarity coefficient. This index compares the abundance of each species between<br />

two samples to give a single value of the difference between the samples, expressed as a<br />

percentage (Faith et al. 1987; Clarke 1993).<br />

Prior to analysis, the data were log transformed to weight down the influence of highly<br />

abundant species in describing community structure, giving a more even weighting between<br />

abundant and rarer species (following abundance transformations by Sweatman et al. 2000).<br />

The Bray-Curtis dissimilarity index was calculated for all possible combinations of sites. This<br />

resulted in a matrix of pair-wise comparisons known as a dissimilarity matrix. The<br />

dissimilarity matrix is also termed a distance matrix as it effectively represents distances<br />

between samples in hyper-dimensional space. The dissimilarity matrix was used for all<br />

analyses of community structure in this study.<br />

2.3.2 Depiction of Community Differences<br />

The hyper-dimensional information in the dissimilarity matrix was simplified and depicted<br />

using non-metric multidimensional scaling (MDS; Clarke 1993). This ordination method finds<br />

the representation in fewer dimensions that best depicts the actual patterns in the hyperdimensional<br />

data (i.e. reduces the number of dimensions while depicting the salient<br />

relationships between the samples). The MDS results were then depicted graphically to show<br />

differences between the replicates at each location. The distance between points on the MDS<br />

plot is representative of the relative difference in community structure.<br />

Kruskall stress is an indicator statistic calculated during the ordination process and indicates<br />

the degree of disparity between the reduced dimensional data set and the original hyperdimensional<br />

data set. A guide to interpreting the Kruskal stress indicator is given by Clarke<br />

(1993): (< 0.1) a good ordination with no real risk of drawing false inferences; (< 0.2) can<br />

lead to a usable picture, although for values at the upper end of this range there is potential<br />

to mislead; and (> 0.2) likely to yield plots which can be dangerous to interpret. These<br />

guidelines are simplistic and increasing stress is correlated with increasing numbers of<br />

samples. Where high stress was encountered with a two-dimensional data set, threedimensional<br />

solutions were sought to ensure an adequate representation of the higherdimensional<br />

patterns.<br />

2.3.3 Trends in Community Structure<br />

Trends in community structure will be examined when additional surveys have been<br />

completed at each location.<br />

2.3.4 Species Diversity<br />

Species diversity involves the consideration of two components: species richness and<br />

evenness. Species richness is the number of species present in the community while<br />

evenness is the degree of similarity of abundances between species. Species diversity is a<br />

combination of species richness and the relative abundance of each species, and is often<br />

referred to as species heterogeneity. Measures of diversity give an indication of the likelihood<br />

that two individuals selected at random from a community are different species.<br />

Species richness (S) was enumerated by the total species count per site. This value was<br />

used for calculation of evenness and heterogeneity statistics. Species diversity (i.e.<br />

heterogeneity among species) was described using the reciprocal of Simpson’s index<br />

16


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

(1/D Simpson = Hill’s N 2 ). This value describes species diversity as a combination of species<br />

richness (i.e. the number of species) and species evenness (i.e. the equitability of the<br />

abundances of the species). The value varies between 1 and s (i.e. the total number of<br />

species in the sample) with higher values indicating higher diversity. In general, Hills N 2<br />

gives an indication of the number of dominant species within a community. Hills N 2 provides<br />

more weighting for common species, in contrast to indices such as the Shannon-Weiner<br />

Index (Krebs 1999), which weights the rarer species. The weighting of common species was<br />

considered more appropriate for this study because the sampling regime is designed to<br />

target the more common species.<br />

2.3.5 Species Populations<br />

The abundance of each species was summarised by calculating total counts of fish and<br />

invertebrates and total percentage cover of macroalgae, for each site. Changes, trends and<br />

patterns were represented by locally-weighted regression (LOWESS) lines on the plots. The<br />

population size structure for blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra was assessed by calculating<br />

median lengths and the interquartile range (25 and 75 percentiles).<br />

The size structure of the common larger fishes was examined using length-frequency<br />

histograms. the species examined were blue-throated wrasse Notolabrus tetricus, purple<br />

wrasse Notolabrus fucicola, banded morwong Cheilodactylus spectabilis and herring cale<br />

Odax cyanomelas. The size-frequency distributions (size spectra) was also plotted for all<br />

fishes combined. These plots compared the size distributions between the latest survey and<br />

the first survey of all sites (Survey 2).<br />

17


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

3 REGIONAL COMMUNITY ANALYSIS<br />

3.1 Biogeography<br />

<strong>Victoria</strong>’s marine environment has been classified into five bioregions. These bioregions<br />

reflect differences in physical processes such as ocean currents and geology, which in turn<br />

influence the distribution of ecosystems and diversity over scales of 100-1000 km. Beware<br />

<strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary, Point Hicks Marine National Park and Cape Howe Marine National<br />

Park are within the Twofold Shelf bioregion. This bioregion is in eastern <strong>Victoria</strong> and extends<br />

from Wilsons Promontory to Tathra in southern New South Wales.<br />

The biota of the Twofold Shelf bioregion comprises both southern and eastern Australian<br />

temperate species. Characteristic Twofold Shelf invertebrate species include the sea urchins<br />

Centrostephanus rodgersii and Phyllacanthus parvispinus, tent shell Astralium tentoriformis<br />

and the packhorse lobster Jasus verreauxi. The fish fauna are the most distinguishing<br />

component of the bioregion, including species such as eastern blue groper Achoerodus<br />

viridis, eastern kelp fish Aplodactylus lophodon, eastern goatfish Upeinichthys lineatus,<br />

eastern hulafish Trachinops taeniatus and white ear Parma microlepis. The Twofold Shelf<br />

bioregion seaweeds are characterised by the general absence of green algal and<br />

filamentous brown and red turf species. The algal assemblages are typified by the common<br />

presence of the thallose red species Rhodymenia obtusa, R. linearis and Lophurella<br />

periclados. There have been limited studies on seaweeds in the region, but a considerable<br />

number of rare and new species have been documented (Edmunds et al. 2001; Kraft 2001)<br />

Although assemblages were generally comprised of species characteristic of the bioregion,<br />

there is also substantial site-to-site variation in accordance with the reef environment,<br />

particularly depth and exposure.<br />

3.2 Macroalgae<br />

There were distinct and consistent differences in algal assemblage structure between the<br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong>, Point Hicks and Cape Howe regions (Figure 3.1). Differences were principally<br />

in the species composition of the algal canopy and the relative contribution to the<br />

understorey of fleshy algal species and encrusting coralline algae. At Cape Howe, the algal<br />

canopy generally consisted of monospecific stands of crayweed Phyllospora comosa. The<br />

algal understorey at Cape Howe was dominated by encrusting coralline algae, with only<br />

sparse cover of erect fleshy understorey species. Sites at Beware <strong>Reef</strong> and Point Hicks were<br />

similar in that they had a mixed algal canopy of Phyllospora comosa and common kelp<br />

Ecklonia radiata. These areas also generally had a higher cover of fucalean species, such as<br />

Cystophora spp. and Sargassum spp., and fleshy thallose red algae. Encrusting coralline<br />

algae were less abundant at Point Hicks and Beware <strong>Reef</strong>.<br />

Each site tended to have a characteristic algal assemblage structure. Although there was<br />

variation in algal assemblage structure over time, the differences between sites and between<br />

regions were relatively maintained (Figures 3.2 to 3.4). The greatest degree of algal<br />

assemblage variation was in the cape Howe region (Figure 3.4), which can be attributed to<br />

the low and variable abundances of understorey species, and changes in Phyllospora<br />

canopy cover.<br />

Algal species richness had an increasing trend at the two Beware <strong>Reef</strong> region sites (Sites 23<br />

and 24; Appendix Figure A2.1). There was a marked increase in algal species richness at the<br />

two Iron Prince sites between 2004, 2006 and 2009 (Sites 12 and 16; Appendix Figure A1.1).<br />

Algal species diversity (Hill’s N 2 ) decreased between the surveys of 2004, 2006 and 2009 at<br />

Old Jetty Bay (Site 4; Appendix Figure A2.2). There were no obvious changes in algal<br />

diversity at the other sites.<br />

18


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong> MPA<br />

▲ Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Reference<br />

S21<br />

Point Hicks MPA<br />

▲ Point Hicks Reference<br />

Cape Howe MPA<br />

▲ Cape Howe Reference<br />

S4<br />

S7<br />

S24<br />

S23<br />

S6<br />

S16 S17 S18<br />

S19<br />

S22<br />

S12<br />

S20<br />

S13<br />

S26<br />

S8<br />

S14<br />

S10<br />

S15<br />

S11<br />

S25<br />

S27<br />

Figure 3.1. MDS plot of algal assemblage structure in the Twofold Shelf bioregion in<br />

March 2004. Kruskal stress = 0.15.<br />

S24<br />

S23<br />

SITE<br />

3223 MPA<br />

3224 Ref<br />

Figure 3.2. Temporal changes in algal assemblage structure at Beware <strong>Reef</strong> MS and<br />

reference sites (data from Figure 3.1).<br />

19


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

S21<br />

S16<br />

S17 S18<br />

S4<br />

S7<br />

S6<br />

S22<br />

SITE<br />

Figure 3.3. Temporal changes in algal assemblage structure at Point Hicks MNP and<br />

reference sites (data from Figure 3.1).<br />

3204 MPA<br />

3206 MPA<br />

3207 Ref<br />

3216 Ref<br />

3217 Ref<br />

3218 Ref<br />

3221 MPA<br />

3222 MPA<br />

S19<br />

SITE<br />

S13<br />

S14<br />

S12<br />

S15<br />

S26<br />

S25<br />

S20<br />

S8<br />

S11<br />

S27<br />

3208 Ref<br />

3210 Ref<br />

3211 Ref<br />

3212 Ref<br />

3213 MPA<br />

3214 MPA<br />

3215 MPA<br />

3219 Ref<br />

3220 MPA<br />

3225 Ref<br />

3226 Ref<br />

3227 MPA<br />

Figure 3.4. Temporal changes in algal assemblage structure at sites in the Cape Howe<br />

MNP and reference sites (data from Figure 3.1).<br />

20


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

30<br />

Algae Species Richness - Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Species Count<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

30<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

Species Count<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 3.5. Seaweed species richness index for monitoring sites in for Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Marine Sanctuary and reference sites.<br />

30<br />

Algae Species Richness - Point Hicks<br />

Species Count<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

30<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Species Count<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 3.6. Seaweed species richness index for monitoring sites in for Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites.<br />

21


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

30<br />

Algae Species Richness - Cape Howe<br />

Species Count<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

30<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Species Count<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 3.7. Seaweed species richness index for monitoring sites in for Cape Howe<br />

Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

12<br />

Algae Species Diversity - Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Hill N2<br />

8<br />

4<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

0<br />

12<br />

Hill N2<br />

8<br />

4<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 3.8. Seaweed species diversity index (Hill’s N 2 ) for Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine<br />

Sanctuary and reference sites.<br />

22


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

12<br />

Algae Species Diversity - Point Hicks<br />

Hill N2<br />

8<br />

4<br />

Marine National Park<br />

0<br />

12<br />

Hill N2<br />

8<br />

4<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 3.9. Seaweed species diversity index (Hill’s N 2 ) for Point Hicks Marine National<br />

Park and reference sites.<br />

12<br />

Algae Species Diversity - Cape Howe<br />

Hill N2<br />

8<br />

4<br />

Marine National Park<br />

0<br />

12<br />

Hill N2<br />

8<br />

4<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 3.10. Seaweed species diversity index (Hill’s N 2 ) for Cape Howe Marine National<br />

Park and reference sites.<br />

23


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

3.3 Invertebrates<br />

There are approximately four invertebrate assemblage types observed in the Twofold Shelf<br />

Region:<br />

A Phyllospora-Ecklonia habitat group that includes sites from Beware <strong>Reef</strong>, Pearl Point,<br />

Muller <strong>Reef</strong> and Petrel Point (centre of Figure 3.11).<br />

An urchin barren group including sites from Gabo and Tullaberga Islands (upper right of<br />

Figure 3.11).<br />

A Point Hicks group (lower centre of Figure 3.11).<br />

A Cape Howe seaweed group, including sites at the Iron Prince and Cape Howe (middle<br />

left of Figure 3.11).<br />

In general, reference sites at Point Hicks were characterised by high abundances of the<br />

predatory gastropod Cabestana spengleri, the seastar Meridiastra calcar and moderate<br />

abundances of blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra and the red bait crab Plagusia chabrus. There<br />

were typically higher abundances of large herbivorous invertebrates at Cape Howe. These<br />

included the sea urchin Centrostephanus rodgersii, blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra, the<br />

periwinkle Turbo undulatus and another turban shell Astralium tentoriformis.<br />

Components of the Beware <strong>Reef</strong> sites were similar to both the Point Hicks and Cape Howe<br />

reefs. For example, large numbers of the feather star Comanthus trichoptera were observed<br />

at both Beware <strong>Reef</strong> and Point Hicks sites. High densities of C. rodgersii and abalone H.<br />

rubra at Beware <strong>Reef</strong> sites was a characteristic similar to Cape Howe reefs.<br />

There were characteristics of the invertebrate assemblages distinctive to each site and this<br />

distinctiveness was maintained throughout the survey period (Figures 3.12 to 3.14).<br />

There were no major changes in invertebrate species richness over the monitoring period.<br />

There was an apparent decreasing trend at Hicks Joggle (Site 22; Appendix Figure A2.3).<br />

Notable changes in invertebrate species diversity occurred at Beware <strong>Reef</strong> MS, with a<br />

decreasing trend between 2004, 2006 and 2008 (Site 23; Appendix Figure A2.4). There was<br />

a rapid increase in diversity at Iron Prince West between 2006 and 2009 (Site 12; Appendix<br />

Figure A2.4).<br />

24


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

S8<br />

S11<br />

S23<br />

S15<br />

S24<br />

S27<br />

S14<br />

S25<br />

S17<br />

S26<br />

S18<br />

S10<br />

S19<br />

S20<br />

S13<br />

S12<br />

S7<br />

S21<br />

S6<br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong> MPA<br />

▲ Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Reference<br />

S16<br />

S22<br />

S4<br />

Point Hicks MPA<br />

▲ Point Hicks Reference<br />

Cape Howe MPA<br />

▲ Cape Howe Reference<br />

Figure 3.11. MDS plot of invertebrate assemblage structure in the Twofold Shelf<br />

bioregion in March 2004. Kruskal stress = 0.10.<br />

S24<br />

S23<br />

SITE<br />

3223 MPA<br />

3224 Ref<br />

Figure 3.12. Temporal changes in invertebrate assemblage structure at Beware <strong>Reef</strong> MS<br />

and reference sites (data from Figure 3.11).<br />

25


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

S18<br />

S17<br />

SITE<br />

S16<br />

S7<br />

S22<br />

S21<br />

S6<br />

S4<br />

3204 MPA<br />

3206 MPA<br />

3207 Ref<br />

3216 Ref<br />

3217 Ref<br />

3218 Ref<br />

3221 MPA<br />

3222 MPA<br />

Figure 3.13. Temporal changes in invertebrate assemblage structure at Point Hicks MNP<br />

and reference sites (data from Figure 3.11).<br />

S8<br />

S11<br />

S14<br />

S15<br />

S27<br />

S25<br />

S26<br />

S19<br />

S20<br />

SITE<br />

S12<br />

S13<br />

3208 Ref<br />

3210 Ref<br />

3211 Ref<br />

3212 Ref<br />

3213 MPA<br />

3214 MPA<br />

3215 MPA<br />

3219 Ref<br />

3220 MPA<br />

3225 Ref<br />

3226 Ref<br />

3227 MPA<br />

Figure 3.14. Temporal changes in invertebrate assemblage structure at Cape Howe<br />

MNP and reference sites (data from Figure 3.11).<br />

26


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Species Count<br />

Species Count<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

Invertebrate Species Richness - Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 3.15. Invertebrate species richness index for Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary and<br />

reference sites.<br />

Species Count<br />

Species Count<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

Invertebrate Species Richness - Point Hicks<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 3.16. Invertebrate species richness index for Point Hicks Marine National Park<br />

and reference sites.<br />

27


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Species Count<br />

Species Count<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

Invertebrate Species Richness - Cape Howe<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 3.17. Invertebrate species richness index for Cape Howe Marine National Park<br />

and reference sites.<br />

Hill N2<br />

Hill N2<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

Invertebrate Species Diversity - Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 3.18. Invertebrate species diversity index (Hill’s N 2 ) for Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary<br />

and reference site.<br />

28


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Hill N2<br />

Hill N2<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

Invertebrate Species Diversity - Point Hicks<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 3.19. Invertebrate species diversity index (Hill’s N 2 ) for Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites.<br />

Hill N2<br />

Hill N2<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

Invertebrate Species Diversity - Cape Howe<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 3.20. Invertebrate species diversity index (Hill’s N 2 ) for Cape Howe Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites.<br />

29


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

3.4 Fish<br />

The fish assemblages found within the monitoring sites were typical of both eastern and<br />

southern temperate waters. Common species such as the mado Atypichthys strigatus,<br />

banded morwong Cheilodactylus spectabilis, rock cale Aplodactylus lophodon and purple<br />

wrasse Notolabrus fucicola were regularly observed at most of the monitoring sites.<br />

There were distinct differences in fish assemblage structure between the Beware <strong>Reef</strong>, Point<br />

Hicks and Cape Howe regions (Figure 3.21). Fish assemblages at Point Hicks were<br />

dominated by increased densities of blue throated wrasse Notolabrus tetricus and purple<br />

wrasse Notolabrus fucicola. The overall abundance of wrasses was lower at Cape Howe,<br />

however there was a greater variety of wrasse species present, including the Maori wrasse<br />

Ophthalmolepis lineolata. Fish that were more abundant in the Cape Howe region included<br />

herring cale Odax cyanomelas, six spined leatherjacket Meuschenia freycineti, striped mado<br />

Atypichthys strigatus and the damselfishes Parma microlepis and Chromis hypsilepis.<br />

Unlike the algal and invertebrate assemblages, the sites within each region were less<br />

distinctive in terms of the fish fauna, with considerable overlap in assemblage structures<br />

between sites over time (Figures 3.23 and 3.24). Sites with distinctive assemblages<br />

maintained through time were Beware <strong>Reef</strong> MS and Pearl Point (Sites 23 and 24; Figure<br />

3.22) and Gabo Monument and Gabo Harbour (Sites 10 and 11; Figure 3.24).<br />

Fish species diversity was highest during the 2009 surveys at Howe West, Howe Central,<br />

Iron Prince West and Iron Prince Wreck (Sites 13, 14, 12 and 19; Appendix Figure A2.6).<br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong> is an isolated offshore reef. The principal difference between this site and<br />

others were the very high densities of butterfly perch Caesioperca lepidoptera. High densities<br />

of this fish are generally associated with reefs of high relief with extension into deep water,<br />

such as at Beware <strong>Reef</strong>. The Beware <strong>Reef</strong> reference site grouped relatively closely to the<br />

Point Hicks sites (Figure 3.21). It should be noted the diversity statistic for Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

fishes was apparently low, with a dominance of butterfly perch Caesioperca lepidoptera.<br />

Aside from the dominance of this species, the diversity of the remaining species was<br />

considered high.<br />

Fish species richness was highest within the Cape Howe MNP during 2009 (Sites 13, 14 and<br />

15; Appendix Figure A2.5). Species richness was sustained at a relatively high level from<br />

2004 to 2009 at Iron Prince Wreck (Site 19; Appendix Figure A2.5).<br />

There were no consistent differences in fish species richness between locations surveyed. In<br />

general, fish species diversity was higher at Point Hicks than Cape Howe. This reflects the<br />

more even abundance of a few dominant species at Point Hicks, particularly Notolabrus<br />

tetricus and N. fucicola, Odax cyanomeles and Atypichthys strigatus. In contrast, sites at<br />

Cape Howe tended to be dominated (at least numerically) by a single species – typically<br />

striped mado Atypichthys strigatus, species of damselfish, eastern hulafish Trachinops<br />

taeniatus or yellow tail mackerel Trachurus novaezelandiae.<br />

30


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

S11<br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong> MPA<br />

▲ Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Reference<br />

S27<br />

S20<br />

S15<br />

S13<br />

S26<br />

S10<br />

Point Hicks MPA<br />

▲ Point Hicks Reference<br />

Cape Howe MPA<br />

▲ Cape Howe Reference<br />

S19<br />

S25<br />

S14<br />

S8<br />

S21<br />

S12<br />

S23<br />

S4<br />

S22<br />

S6 S24<br />

S18<br />

S17<br />

S7<br />

S16<br />

Figure 3.21. MDS plot of fish assemblage structure in the Twofold Shelf bioregion in March 2004.<br />

Kruskal stress = 0.18.<br />

S23<br />

S24<br />

SITE<br />

3223 MPA<br />

3224 Ref<br />

Figure 3.22. Temporal changes in fish assemblage structure at Beware <strong>Reef</strong> MS and<br />

reference sites (data from Figure 3.21).<br />

31


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

S21<br />

S4<br />

S22<br />

S7<br />

S16<br />

S6<br />

S18<br />

S17<br />

SITE<br />

3204 MPA<br />

3206 MPA<br />

3207 Ref<br />

3216 Ref<br />

3217 Ref<br />

3218 Ref<br />

3221 MPA<br />

3222 MPA<br />

Figure 3.23. Temporal changes in fish assemblage structure at Point Hicks MNP and<br />

references (data from Figure 3.21).<br />

S11<br />

S15<br />

S27<br />

S20<br />

S13<br />

S26<br />

S19<br />

S25<br />

S14<br />

S8<br />

S12<br />

SITE<br />

3208 Ref<br />

3210 Ref<br />

3211 Ref<br />

3212 Ref<br />

3213 MPA<br />

3214 MPA<br />

3215 MPA<br />

3219 Ref<br />

3220 MPA<br />

3225 Ref<br />

3226 Ref<br />

3227 MPA<br />

Figure 3.24. Temporal changes in fish assemblage structure at Cape Howe MNP and<br />

reference sites (data from Figure 3.21).<br />

32


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

25<br />

Fish Species Richness - Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Species Count<br />

Species Count<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 3.25. Fish species richness index for Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary and<br />

reference sites.<br />

25<br />

Fish Species Richness - Point Hicks<br />

Species Count<br />

Species Count<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 3.26. Fish species richness index for Point Hicks Marine National Park and<br />

reference sites.<br />

33


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

25<br />

Fish Species Richness - Cape Howe<br />

Species Count<br />

Species Count<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 3.27. Fish species richness index for Cape Howe Marine National Park and<br />

reference sites.<br />

10<br />

Fish Species Diversity - Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Hill N2<br />

Hill N2<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 3.28. Fish species diversity index (Hill’s N 2 ) for Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary<br />

and reference sites.<br />

34


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

10<br />

Fish Species Diversity - Point Hicks<br />

Hill N2<br />

Hill N2<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 3.29. Fish species diversity index (Hill’s N 2 ) for Point Hicks Marine National Park<br />

and reference sites.<br />

10<br />

Fish Species Diversity - Cape Howe<br />

Hill N2<br />

Hill N2<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 3.30. Fish species diversity index (Hill’s N 2 ) for Cape Howe Marine National Park<br />

and reference sites.<br />

35


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

4 BEWARE REEF MARINE SANCTUARY<br />

4.1 Site Descriptions<br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary is a small isolated reef located approximately 4 km offshore<br />

from Cape Conran. The central position is located on the eastern side of an emergent rock,<br />

with transects 1 and 2 along the northern side of the island and transects 3 and 4 along the<br />

southern side (forming a ‘v’). The Beware <strong>Reef</strong> monitoring site (Site 23) was positioned along<br />

the 8 m isobath over small gullies and flats. The reef profile in the shallower water consists of<br />

small gullies, slopes and flats down to the ten meter isobath, where the reef generally drops<br />

off steeply into deeper water.<br />

A reference monitoring site was located at Pearl Point (Figure 4.1). The habitat structure at<br />

Pearl Point was similar to Müller’s <strong>Reef</strong> and Petrel Point, consisting of ridges of reef 1-2 m<br />

high with gullies in between. The Pearl Point monitoring site is at 7-8 m depth.<br />

Pearl<br />

Point<br />

Cape<br />

Conran<br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine<br />

Sanctuary<br />

Figure 4.1. Location of monitoring sites associated with Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary. The<br />

sanctuary is shaded blue. Coordinate system is Map Grid of Australia 1996 (MGA).<br />

4.2 Macroalgae<br />

The algal composition of Beware <strong>Reef</strong> reflects the submaximally exposed conditions. The<br />

major canopy species are bull kelp Durvillaea potatorum and crayweed Phyllospora comosa,<br />

with a lesser contribution by the common kelp Ecklonia radiata.<br />

Between the 2006 and 2009 surveys, there was a slight decrease in abundance of common<br />

kelp E. radiata at Beware <strong>Reef</strong>, corresponding with a slight increase in P. comosa<br />

abundance (Figure 4.2 and 4.3). The opposite pattern was observed at the Pearl Point<br />

reference site: there was an increase in E. radiata abundance corresponding with a decrease<br />

in P. comosa abundance.<br />

At Beware <strong>Reef</strong>, crustose coralline algae increased from 5% to 24% during 2006 and<br />

subsequently decreased to 2% cover in 2009. There was no corresponding trend at Pearl<br />

Point (Figure 4.4).<br />

36


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Durvillaea potatorum, was only present at Beware <strong>Reef</strong> (Figure 4.5). This is a large robust<br />

species adapted to living in highly exposed conditions. Durvillaea potatorum had increased in<br />

abundance between 2006 to 2009 by 16%. This coincided with decreases in the abundance<br />

of E. radiata.<br />

There were no obvious trends or changes in the understorey algae, which included<br />

Rhodymenia wilsonii, Plocamium dilatatum and R. linearis.<br />

80<br />

Ecklonia radiata- Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Percent Cover<br />

Percent Cover<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 4.2. Abundances (percent cover) of kelp Ecklonia radiata in Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary<br />

and at the Pearl Point reference site.<br />

37


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

80<br />

Phyllospora comosa- Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Percent Cover<br />

Percent Cover<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 4.3. Abundances (percent cover) of Phyllospora comosa in Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary<br />

and at the Pearl Point reference site.<br />

Percent Cover<br />

Percent Cover<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Crustose Coralline Algae - Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 4.4. Abundances (percent cover) of crustose coralline algae in Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary<br />

and at the Pearl Point reference site.<br />

38


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

60<br />

Durvillaea potatorum- Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Percent Cover<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

60<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

Percent Cover<br />

40<br />

20<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 4.5. Abundances (percent cover) of Durvillaea potatorum in Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary<br />

and at the Pearl Point reference site.<br />

4.3 Invertebrates<br />

A distinctive feature of both the Beware <strong>Reef</strong> and Pearl Point sites was the exceptionally high<br />

abundances of Comanthus trichoptera. The abundances were much higher (more than 10<br />

times) at Pearl Point, however, the temporal changes had a similar pattern at both sites<br />

(Figure 4.6). The greatest changes were from 2006 to 2009, with densities of 1153 and 7812<br />

per 200 m² at Beware <strong>Reef</strong> and Pearl Point respectively (Figure 4.6).<br />

There was an apparent increase in abundance of abalone Haliotis rubra at Beware <strong>Reef</strong> to<br />

the latest survey in 2009 (Figure 4.8). This change was not evident at the reference site.<br />

There was no detected change in size of H. rubra at either site (Figure 4.10).<br />

The change in abundance over time of the common sea urchin Heliocidaris erythrogramma<br />

were inconsistent between the two sites. At Pearl Point, there was an apparent decline from<br />

93 to 24 per 200 m² between 2004 and 2009 (Figure 4.9).<br />

The tent shell Astralium tentoriformis was notably abundant at Pearl Point during 2004 (55<br />

per 200 m²), however few individuals were observed in 2009.<br />

39


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

2000<br />

Comanthus trichoptera- Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Abundance<br />

1500<br />

1000<br />

500<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

0<br />

8000<br />

Abundance<br />

6000<br />

4000<br />

2000<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 4.6. Densities (per 200 m²) of feather star Comanthus trichoptera in Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine<br />

Sanctuary and at the Pearl Point reference site.<br />

Abundance<br />

200<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

Centrostephanus rodgersii - Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

0<br />

200<br />

Abundance<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 4.7. Densities (per 200 m²) of long spined sea urchin Centrostephanus rodgersii in Beware<br />

<strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary and at the Pearl Point reference site.<br />

40


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

200<br />

Haliotis rubra- Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Abundance<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

0<br />

200<br />

Abundance<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 4.8. Densities (per 200 m²) of black lip abalone Haliotis rubra in Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine<br />

Sanctuary and at the Pearl Point reference site.<br />

150<br />

Heliocidaris erythrogramma- Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Abundance<br />

100<br />

50<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

0<br />

150<br />

Abundance<br />

100<br />

50<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 4.9. Densities (per 200 m²) of common sea urchin Heliocidaris erythrogramma in Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Marine Sanctuary and at the Pearl Point reference site.<br />

41


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

180<br />

Haliotis rubrasizes - Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Length (mm)<br />

140<br />

100<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

60<br />

180<br />

Length (mm)<br />

140<br />

100<br />

Reference<br />

60<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Figure 4.10. Mean sizes (mm ± 25 standard error) of black lip abalone Haliotis rubra at Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Marine Sanctuary and at the Pearl Point reference site.<br />

4.4 Fishes<br />

A distinctive feature of the fish assemblage at Beware <strong>Reef</strong> is the high abundance of butterfly<br />

perch Caesioperca lepidoptera. This reflects the presence of their preferred habitat: steep,<br />

high profile reef that extends up from deeper water. The rosy wrasse Pseudolabrus<br />

rubicundus, also typical of higher relief reefs, was observed in low numbers during the 2004<br />

and 2006 surveys. The abundance of blue throated wrasse Notolabrus tetricus halved<br />

between 2004 and 2006 but was relatively stable between 2006 and 2009. The abundance<br />

of purple wrasse N. fucicola approximately doubled between 2006 and 2009 (Figure 4.12<br />

and 4.13).<br />

At Pearl Point, the abundances of blue throated wrasse Notolabrus tetricus fluctuated<br />

between surveys: 40 to 10 to 37 per 200m² in 2004, 2006 and 2009 respectively (Figure<br />

4.12). There was also a large increase in purple wrasse N. fucicola abundance between<br />

2006 and 2009 (Figure 4.13). This coincided with decreased observations of sweep Scorpis<br />

lineolata, white-ear Parma microlepis and herring cale Odax cyanomelas.<br />

42


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Figure 4.11. Aggregation of butterfly perch Caesioperca lepidoptera.<br />

There was little difference in the modes and ranges of the size distributions of N. tetricus and<br />

N. fucicola at both Beware <strong>Reef</strong> and Pearl Point between the 2004 and 2009 surveys (Figure<br />

4.16). There was a notable absence of medium sized N. tetricus at Beware <strong>Reef</strong> during 2009<br />

(Figure 4.17). There was no apparent change in the size spectra of all fishes at the two sites<br />

(Figure 4.18).<br />

50<br />

Notolabrus tetricus- Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Abundance<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

0<br />

50<br />

Abundance<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 4.12. Densities (number per 2000 m 2 ) of blue throated wrasse Notolabrus tetricus in Beware<br />

<strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary and at Pearl Point reference site.<br />

43


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

60<br />

Notolabrus fucicola- Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Abundance<br />

40<br />

20<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

0<br />

60<br />

Abundance<br />

40<br />

20<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 4.13. Densities (number per 2000 m 2 ) of purple wrasse, Notolabrus fucicola, in Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Marine Sanctuary and at Pearl Point reference site.<br />

30<br />

Odax cyanomelas- Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Abundance<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

0<br />

30<br />

Abundance<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 4.14. Densities (number per 2000 m 2 ) of herring cale Odax cyanomelas in Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine<br />

Sanctuary and at Pearl Point reference site.<br />

44


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

30<br />

Cheilodactylus spectabilis- Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Abundance<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

0<br />

30<br />

Abundance<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 4.15. Densities (number per 2000 m 2 ) of banded morwong Cheilodactylus spectabilis in<br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary and at Pearl Point reference site.<br />

35<br />

Notolabrus fucicloasizes - Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Abundance<br />

28<br />

21<br />

14<br />

7<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

0<br />

35<br />

Abundance<br />

28<br />

21<br />

14<br />

7<br />

0<br />

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50<br />

Length (cm)<br />

Reference<br />

Survey<br />

2006<br />

2009<br />

Figure 4.16. Purple wrasse, Notolabrus fucicola, size-densities (number per 2000 m 2 ) in Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Marine Sanctuary and Pearl Point reference site.<br />

45


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

35<br />

Notolabrus tetricussizes - Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Abundance<br />

28<br />

21<br />

14<br />

7<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

0<br />

35<br />

Abundance<br />

28<br />

21<br />

14<br />

7<br />

0<br />

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50<br />

Length (cm)<br />

Reference<br />

Survey<br />

2006<br />

2009<br />

Figure 4.17. Blue throated wrasse Notolabrus tetricus size-densities (number per 2000 m 2 ) in Beware<br />

<strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary and Pearl Point reference site.<br />

80<br />

<strong>Reef</strong> fish sizes - Beware <strong>Reef</strong><br />

Abundance<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

0<br />

80<br />

Abundance<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

0 10 20 30 40 50 60<br />

Length (cm)<br />

Reference<br />

Survey<br />

2006<br />

2009<br />

Figure 4.18. Size-densities of all observed reef fishes (number per 2000 m 2 ) in Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine<br />

Sanctuary and Pearl Point reference site.<br />

46


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

5 POINT HICKS MARINE NATIONAL PARK<br />

5.1 Site Descriptions<br />

The reef substratum within the Point Hicks Marine National Park consisted of granite slopes,<br />

boulders and outcrops. There are four sites within the Point Hicks Marine National Park: Old<br />

Jetty Bay (Site 4), Hicks Southwest (Site 21), Hicks Joggle (Site 22) and Hicks Lighthouse<br />

(Site 6).<br />

Old Jetty Bay (Site 4; Figure 5.1) is located on the western side of the point where it is<br />

relatively sheltered and shallow and consists of flat rock slabs with low boulders with<br />

occasional bombies. Some areas of boulders and cobble were interspersed with sand.<br />

The three other sites within the Marine National Park were highly exposed to swell and seas.<br />

Hicks Southwest (Site 21) has both low and moderate relief (1-1.5 m), with steps, bombies<br />

and reef flats. There are patches of sand in the rock gullies and over rock flats.<br />

Hicks Joggle (Site 22) is situated beneath the lighthouse and is highly exposed, but has a<br />

small barrier reef in front of it which breaks up smaller swell waves. Larger waves continue<br />

over this reef and break on the steep shore. While the barrier reef protects the inner reef to<br />

some extent, a current frequently flows along the coast, between the barrier reef and the<br />

shore. This interacts with swells and backwash from the shore to make it a turbulent area<br />

(hence the name). The site is characterised by moderate to high granite boulders and<br />

outcrops (1.5-2 m) with low relief boulder habitat in the western end, where there are also<br />

large sand patches.<br />

Hicks Lighthouse (Site 6) is situated on the eastern side of the point and is fully exposed to<br />

easterly swells. Although the aspect of this site is sheltered from westerly swells, the waves<br />

refract around the point and break over the site.<br />

The reference sites for Point Hicks Marine National Park are all situated to the east, where<br />

the closest suitable reefs were present. Kraft’s Garden and Durvillaea Flats (Sites 7 and 16)<br />

are close together along a rocky reef outcrop immediately to the east of Point Hicks. Both<br />

sites consisted of gently sloping low-profile reef punctuated by bombies and outcrops 1-2 m<br />

high and interspersed with sandy patches. Ground swell surge is particularly strong at these<br />

sites, with sand continually being resuspended in the water column, reducing visibility.<br />

The habitats at Müller’s <strong>Reef</strong> and Petrel Point (Sites 17 and 18) were similar to that observed<br />

at Pearl Point (and also similar to Bemm River reef). These reefs consisted of reef with 1-2 m<br />

high ridges with gullies in between. Some areas of low-profile reef were also observed. Both<br />

these sites are prone to strong ground surge and high wave action.<br />

47


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Petrel<br />

Point<br />

Point<br />

Hicks<br />

Point Hicks<br />

Marine National<br />

Park<br />

Figure 5.1. Location of monitoring sites associated with Point Hicks Marine National Park. The park<br />

area is shaded blue. Coordinate system is Map Grid of Australia 1996 (MGA).<br />

5.2 Macroalgae<br />

Crayweed Phyllospora comosa is the dominant canopy former at the two eastern sites within<br />

Point Hicks MNP, Hicks Joggle and Hicks Lighthouse (Sites 22 and 6), as well as at the two<br />

adjacent reference sites, Krafts Garden and Durvillaea Flats (Sites 7 and 16). Abundances<br />

were in the order of 60% cover at these sites. Phyllospora comosa was also abundant at the<br />

other monitoring sites (10-30% cover), where there tended to be dominance of common kelp<br />

Ecklonia radiata. Ecklonia was particularly abundant at the reference sites Müllers <strong>Reef</strong> and<br />

Petrel Point (Sites 17 and 18).<br />

The time trends for all seaweed species were quite different between sites within and outside<br />

the MNP. It was noted that particular reference sites had trends matching those of sites<br />

within the MNP. This was most evident for Phyllospora comosa (Figure 5.2; Appendix Figure<br />

A2.7): Old Jetty Bay (Site 4) c.f. Krafts Garden (Site 7); Hicks Southwest and Hicks Joggle<br />

(Sites 21 and 22) c.f. Durvillaea Flats (Site 16); and Hicks Light (site 6) c.f. Petrel Point (Site<br />

18). These apparent site relationships were also reflected in the abundance of other algal<br />

species, but to a weaker extent. These relationships will be scrutinised further following<br />

additional surveys to establish whether this indicates linked ecological processes or is mere<br />

coincidence.<br />

Old Jetty Bay (Site 4) had considerable changes in seaweed abundances over the<br />

monitoring period. In 2001, this site was initially dominated by stands of crayweed P. comosa<br />

and string kelp Macrocystis angustifolia, but also low profile boulder habitat with a mixture of<br />

thallose red algae interspersed by sand. The Macrocystis angustifolia had disappeared by<br />

2006 and was not present in 2007 (Figure 5.7). By 2009, the boulder habitat was more sand<br />

scoured with few thallose algae present. Concurrent changes included increased<br />

abundances of the brown strap weed Cystophora moniliformis, red alga Rhodymenia linearis<br />

and crustose coralline algae (Figures 5.4 to 5.6). The abundances of Ecklonia radiata and<br />

brown alga Acrocarpia paniculata peaked and declined at Old Jetty Bay over the monitoring<br />

period (Figure 5.7 and Appendix Figures A2.8 and A2.12).<br />

Low profile reef at Krafts Garden (Site 7) in 2001 was generally sand affected with high<br />

species richness of thallose red algae. The coverage of Phyllospora comosa has<br />

48


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

subsequently increased with a corresponding decrease in abundances and species richness<br />

of thallose red algal species.<br />

Other notable seaweed changes were:<br />

Increasing trend in Phyllospora comosa at Krafts Garden (Site 7) and decreasing trend at<br />

Müllers <strong>Reef</strong> (Site 17; Appendix Figure A2.7).<br />

Increased abundance of Ecklonia radiata in 2009 at Hicks Southwest (Site 21; Appendix<br />

Figure A2.8) and sustained abundances of Rhodymenia linearis at this site (Appendix<br />

Figure A2.10).<br />

Persistence of bull kelp Durvillaea potatorum at Durvillaea Flats (Site 16; Figure 5.7),<br />

which can be considered a sentinel species for climate change.<br />

100<br />

Phyllospora comosa- Point Hicks<br />

Percent cover<br />

Percent cover<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 5.2. Site abundances (percent cover) of crayweed Phyllospora comosa at Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites.<br />

49


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

80<br />

Ecklonia radiata- Point Hicks<br />

Percent cover<br />

Percent cover<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 5.3. Site abundances (percent cover) of common kelp Ecklonia radiata at Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites.<br />

15<br />

Cystophora moniliformis- Point Hicks<br />

Percent cover<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

15<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Percent cover<br />

10<br />

5<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 5.4. Site abundances (percent cover) of brown strapweed Cystophora moniliformis at Point<br />

Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

50


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

15<br />

Rhodymenia linearis- Point Hicks<br />

Percent cover<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

15<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Percent cover<br />

10<br />

5<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 5.5. Site abundances (percent cover) of red understorey alga Rhodymenia linearis at Point<br />

Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

15<br />

Crustose Coralline Algae - Point Hicks<br />

Percent cover<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

15<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Percent cover<br />

10<br />

5<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 5.6. Site abundances (percent cover) of crustose coralline algae at Point Hicks Marine National<br />

Park and reference sites.<br />

51


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Percent cover<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

5<br />

Macrocustis angustifolia<br />

Site 3204 - Point Hicks MNP<br />

Percent cover<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

Acrocarpia paniculata<br />

Site 3204 - Point Hicks MNP<br />

0<br />

5<br />

Percent cover<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

Durvillaea potatorum<br />

Site 3216 - Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 5.7. Abundances (percent cover) of seaweeds of interest at selected Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites: string kelp Macrocystis angustifolia; wiry brown weed Acrocarpia<br />

paniculata; and bull kelp Durvillaea potatorum. Sites: (3204) Old Jetty Bay; and (3216) Durvillaea<br />

Flats.<br />

5.3 Invertebrates<br />

The most abundant invertebrate observed during the surveys was the feather star<br />

Comanthus trichoptera. This species was a prevalent component of an Ecklonia filter feeding<br />

assemblage observed at Müllers <strong>Reef</strong> and Petrel reef (Sites 17 and 18), as well as at Pearl<br />

Point (as described in the previous section). This community is also known to occur in deep<br />

water at Bemm River reef (Edmunds et al. 2001). The reef substratum in these communities<br />

typically has a high cover of sponges and C. trichoptera arms protruding from numerous<br />

interstices created by the reef, sponges and Ecklonia holdfasts. The density of C. trichoptera<br />

occurs in the thousands per 200 m 2 in these habitats (Figure 5.8). There was a notable<br />

increase in C. trichoptera abundance at Hicks Southwest (Site 21; Appendix Figure A2.13).<br />

The seastar Meridiastra calcar also occurred in relatively high densities, particularly on sandy<br />

reefs such as Old Jetty Bay (Site 4), Hicks Southwest (Site 21) and Hicks Lighthouse (Site 7;<br />

Appendix Figure A2.14). This species was highly variable between survey times with no<br />

apparent patterns or trends (Figure 5.9).<br />

The trumpet shell Cabestana spengleri was abundant on the more exposed Phyllospora<br />

habitat, from Hicks Southwest (Site 21) in the west to Durvillaea Flats (Site 16) to the east.<br />

The abundances were highly variable between surveys (Figure 5.10).<br />

Since declaration of the Point Hicks MNP, the abundance of blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra<br />

have increased at the two eastern sites of Hicks Joggle (Site 22) and Hicks Lighthouse (Site<br />

52


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

7), but not at Old Jetty Bay or Hicks Southwest (Sites 4 and 21; Appendix Figure A2.16).<br />

There has also been an apparent increase in abundances at the reference sites Krafts<br />

Garden and Durvillaea Flats (Sites 7 and 16; Appendix Figure A2.16). There were no marked<br />

changes in sizes of H. rubra over time, although there was a slight decrease in the median<br />

size at Hicks Southwest and a slight increase at Hicks Joggle (Sites 21 and 22; Appendix<br />

Figure A2.17). Median sizes were generally slightly lower at Müllers <strong>Reef</strong> and Petrel Point<br />

(Sites 17 and 18; Appendix Figure A2.17).<br />

The common sea urchin Heliocidaris erythrogramma is not a predominant assemblage<br />

component within the Point Hicks MNP, but is at the reference sites, excepting Durvillaea<br />

Flats (Figure 5.13; Appendix Figure A2.18). Temporal patterns were similar between Krafts<br />

Garden and Müllers <strong>Reef</strong>, however there was a relatively large decline in density between<br />

2006 and 2009 at Petrel Point (Appendix Figure A2.18).<br />

The abundances and temporal changes of other common invertebrates was highly variable<br />

between sites and times with few recognisable patterns at this stage (e.g. Figures 5.15 and<br />

5.16).<br />

500<br />

Comanthus tricoptera - Point Hicks<br />

Abundance<br />

400<br />

300<br />

200<br />

100<br />

0<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Abundance<br />

5000<br />

4000<br />

3000<br />

2000<br />

1000<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 5.8. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of the feather star Comanthus trichoptera at Point Hicks<br />

Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

53


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

2600<br />

Meridiastra calcar- Point Hicks<br />

Abundance<br />

Abundance<br />

1950<br />

1300<br />

650<br />

0<br />

2600<br />

1950<br />

1300<br />

650<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 5.9. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of the seastar Meridiastra calcar at Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites.<br />

220<br />

Cabestana spengleri- Point Hicks<br />

Abundance<br />

Abundance<br />

165<br />

110<br />

55<br />

0<br />

220<br />

165<br />

110<br />

55<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 5.10. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of the trumpet shell Cabestana spengleri at Point Hicks<br />

Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

54


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

200<br />

Haliotis rubra- Point Hicks<br />

Abundance<br />

Abundance<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

0<br />

200<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 5.11. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra at Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites.<br />

180<br />

Haliotis rubrasizes - Point Hicks<br />

Length (mm)<br />

140<br />

100<br />

Marine National Park<br />

60<br />

180<br />

Length (mm)<br />

140<br />

100<br />

Reference<br />

60<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 5.12. Mean sizes (mm ± standard error) of blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra at Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites.<br />

55


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

120<br />

Heliocidaris erythrogramma- Point Hicks<br />

Abundance<br />

80<br />

40<br />

Marine National Park<br />

0<br />

120<br />

Abundance<br />

80<br />

40<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 5.13. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of the common sea urchin Heliocidaris erythrogramma at<br />

Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

30<br />

Plagusia chabrus- Point Hicks<br />

Abundance<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Marine National Park<br />

0<br />

30<br />

Abundance<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 5.14. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of the red bait crab Plagusia chabrus at Point Hicks<br />

Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

56


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

100<br />

Centrostephanus rodgersii - Point Hicks<br />

Abundance<br />

Abundance<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 5.15. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of the long spined sea urchin Centrostephanus rodgersii at<br />

Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

40<br />

Turbo undulatus- Point Hicks<br />

Abundance<br />

Abundance<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 5.16. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of the turban shell Turbo undulatus at Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites.<br />

57


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

5.4 Fish<br />

The fish fauna was dominated by the blue throated wrasse Notolabrus tetricus and purple<br />

wrasse N. fucicola, with the abundance of N. fucicola being approximately double that of N.<br />

tetricus (Figures 5.18 to 5.21). The time trends for both species were relatively similar at<br />

Hicks Southwest and Hicks Joggle within the MNP (Sites 21 and 22) and at Durvillaea Flats,<br />

Müllers <strong>Reef</strong> and Petrel <strong>Reef</strong> reference sites (Sites 16 to 18). These sites had a decline in<br />

abundance between 2004 and 2006, with minor changes to 2009 (Appendix Figures A2.22<br />

and A2.23). There was a decreasing trend in abundance of both N. tetricus and N. fucicola at<br />

Hicks Lighthouse between 2004 and 2009 (Appendix Figures A2.22 and A2.23). Abundances<br />

of N. tetricus were very low at Krafts Garden during the 2009 survey (Appendix Figure<br />

A2.22).<br />

Considerably fewer small N. tetricus were observed at Old Jetty Bay in 2009 compared with<br />

2004. Densities of smaller N. tetricus were lower at Müller <strong>Reef</strong> and Petrel Point in 2009. The<br />

size structure of N. fucicola was generally similar at most sites between 2004 and 2009.<br />

There were more large individuals observed at Krafts Garden in 2009.<br />

The kelp feeding species herring cale Odax cyanomelas was abundant at all sites with the<br />

exception of Old Jetty Bay (Site 4). Abundances at all sites, except Old Jetty Bay, increased<br />

between 2004 and 2006, followed by a substantial decline to 2009 (Figure 5.22). Few large<br />

fish were observed in 2009 compared with 2004 (Figure 5.23).<br />

Banded morwong Cheilodactylus spectabilis also occurred at all sites but was generally more<br />

abundant within the Point Hicks MNP (Figure 5.24). Abundances during 2009 were generally<br />

lower than observed previously at each site. Although abundances were low in 2009, there<br />

was little indication of any differences in size structure between 2004 and 2009 (Figure 5.25).<br />

The size spectra for all fishes at each site were generally similar between 2004 and 2009,<br />

although there appeared to be fewer larger fish at Old Jetty Bay and Hicks Southeast (Figure<br />

5.26).<br />

The eastern kelpfish Aplodactylus lophodon was moderately abundant at most sites during<br />

2004 or 2006. Abundances were generally low in 2001 and 2009 (Figure 5.27). Abundances<br />

at Hicks Lighthouse (Site 6) followed an opposite trend, with higher abundances in 2001 and<br />

2009 and a dip in abundance in 2004 (Appendix Figure A2.26).<br />

A similar kelpfish, Chironemus marmoratus, was observed for the first time during the 2009<br />

surveys at all sites within the MNP (2-4 individuals per 2000 m 2 ) and one fish was observed<br />

at Petrel Point (Site 18). It is possible this species may have been present in previous years<br />

and misidentified as A. lophodon, however the increased prevalence in 2009 is considered to<br />

be real.<br />

Sea sweep Scorpis aequipinnis is present in low abundances (1-6 individuals per 2000 m 2 ) at<br />

most sites on nearly all survey occasions within Point Hicks MNP. Few were observed<br />

outside the MNP, with three observed at Krafts Garden (Site 7) during 2004.<br />

Aggregations of Port Jackson sharks Heterodontus portusjacksoni are occasionally observed<br />

at Hicks Southwest (2004; Site 21) and Müllers <strong>Reef</strong> (2006; Site 17), with smaller<br />

aggregations observed at Old Jetty Bay (2004, 2006; Site 4).<br />

The schooling species Trachurus novaezelandiae, T. declivis, Arripis spp. and Pseudocaranx<br />

dentex were also sporadically observed during the monitoring period, with the highest<br />

frequencies and largest schools at Hicks Joggle (2004, 2006; Site 22).<br />

58


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Figure 5.17. Banded morwong Cheilodactylus spectabilis at Sensation <strong>Reef</strong>, Point Hicks<br />

Marine National Park.<br />

50<br />

Notolabrus tetricusi- Point Hicks<br />

Abundance<br />

Abundance<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 5.18. Site abundances (number per 2000 m 2 ) of blue throated wrasse Notolabrus tetricus at<br />

Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

59


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

50<br />

Notolabrus tetricussizes - Point Hicks<br />

Abundance<br />

Length (mm)<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50<br />

Length (cm)<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

Reference<br />

Survey<br />

2006<br />

2009<br />

Figure 5.19. Size density (number per 2000 m 2 ) of blue throated wrasse Notolabrus tetricus at Point<br />

Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

120<br />

Notolabrus fucicola- Point Hicks<br />

Abundance<br />

80<br />

40<br />

Marine National Park<br />

0<br />

120<br />

Abundance<br />

80<br />

40<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 5.20. Site abundances (number per 2000 m 2 ) of purple wrasse Notolabrus fucicola at Point<br />

Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

60


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

90<br />

Notolabrus fucicloasizes - Point Hicks<br />

Abundance<br />

60<br />

30<br />

Marine National Park<br />

0<br />

90<br />

Length (mm)<br />

60<br />

30<br />

0<br />

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50<br />

Length (cm)<br />

Reference<br />

Survey<br />

2006<br />

2009<br />

Figure 5.21. Size density (number per 2000 m 2 ) of purple wrasse Notolabrus fucicola at Point Hicks<br />

Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

30<br />

Odax cyanomelas- Point Hicks<br />

Abundance<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Marine National Park<br />

0<br />

30<br />

Abundance<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 5.22. Site abundances (number per 2000 m 2 ) of herring cale Odax cyanomelas at Point Hicks<br />

Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

61


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

35<br />

Odax cyanomelassizes - Point Hicks<br />

Abundance<br />

28<br />

21<br />

14<br />

7<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

0<br />

35<br />

Length (mm)<br />

28<br />

21<br />

14<br />

7<br />

0<br />

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50<br />

Length (cm)<br />

Reference<br />

Survey<br />

2006<br />

2009<br />

Figure 5.23. Size density (number per 2000 m 2 ) of herring cale Odax cyanomelas at Point Hicks<br />

Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

40<br />

Cheilodactylus spectabilis- Point Hicks<br />

Abundance<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Marine National Park<br />

0<br />

40<br />

Abundance<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 5.24. Site abundances (number per 2000 m 2 ) of banded morwong Cheilodactylus spectabilis at<br />

Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

62


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Abundance<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

Cheilodactylus spectabilissizes - Point Hicks<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

0<br />

25<br />

Length (mm)<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60<br />

Length (cm)<br />

Reference<br />

Survey<br />

2006<br />

2009<br />

Figure 5.25. Size density (number per 2000 m 2 ) of banded morwong Cheilodactylus spectabilis at<br />

Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

300<br />

<strong>Reef</strong> fish sizes - Point Hicks<br />

Abundance<br />

200<br />

100<br />

Marine National Park<br />

0<br />

300<br />

Abundance<br />

200<br />

100<br />

0<br />

0 10 20 30 40 50 60<br />

Length (cm)<br />

Reference<br />

Survey<br />

2006<br />

2009<br />

Figure 5.26. Size density (number per 2000 m 2 ) of all observed reef fishes at Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites.<br />

63


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

25<br />

Aplodactylus lophodon- Point Hicks<br />

Abundance<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

Marine National Park<br />

0<br />

25<br />

Abundance<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 5.27. Site abundances (number per 2000 m 2 ) of eastern kelpfish Aplodactylus lophodon at<br />

Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

64


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

6 CAPE HOWE MARINE NATIONAL PARK<br />

6.1 Site Descriptions<br />

Three sites, Sites 13, 14 and 15, were positioned over much of the shallow reef within the<br />

Cape Howe Marine National Park, present only in the north eastern region of the park<br />

(Figure 6.1). These sites were slightly different in substratum structure, with lower relief reef<br />

present in the western area (Howe West) and larger bombies, holes and drop-offs present at<br />

Howe Border. The monitoring program stipulated four sites within the MNP, however the<br />

limited reef area within shallow waters meant any fourth site could not be well separated from<br />

the others. For 2004 and 2006, Site 20 was established perpendicular to, and crossing the<br />

Howe West Site. This was later deemed statistically inappropriate so, in 2009, this site was<br />

replaced by Site 27 parallel to Howe Central, 75 m apart. This new site was considerably<br />

deeper (10-12 m).<br />

Two of the original reference sites for the Cape Howe Marine National Park were located on<br />

sea urchin barrens on the west coasts of Tullaberga and Gabo Islands (Figure 6.1). These<br />

sites were selected as they represent an alternative state of reef habitat within the region, as<br />

opposed to kelp bed habitat. The Gabo Island site was also recognised as having<br />

conservation value in terms of the fish assemblage. These sites provided a relative reference<br />

in terms of assessing the direction of community changes within the marine protected area,<br />

and whether there is a succession toward urchin barrens within the park. The substratum at<br />

Tullaberga Deep (although only 5-7 m it is called deep because there has also been a survey<br />

at 2 m depth at that site) was characterised by moderate to high relief bedrock outcrops at<br />

the southern end, to lower relief rock slabs at the northern end. There were occasional<br />

patches of boulders and rubble, providing interstitial spaces. Much of the Tullaberga site was<br />

sea urchin barren habitat with high abundances of Centrostephanus rodgersii and encrusting<br />

coralline algae. Crayweed Phyllospora comosa was present on occasional boulder tops. The<br />

Gabo Monument site (near the pump house) was all sea urchin barren on a substratum of<br />

large granite boulders with a large amount of interstitial space. Small P. comosa clumps were<br />

present on the tops of occasional large boulders. At both island sites, a predominant feature<br />

was the high abundance of white ear damselfish Parma microlepis and one spot puller<br />

Chromis hypsilepis.<br />

Two other reference sites were positioned on the Iron Prince reef. These two sites have<br />

similar reef substrata to that observed at sites within the Cape Howe Marine National Park:<br />

Larger boulders of moderate relief (1-2 m) with patches of relatively flat, slab reef.<br />

Occasional steps/ledges, dropoffs/wall and cavern habitat are also present. The Iron Prince<br />

and Cape Howe sites were dominated by a tall canopy of Phyllospora comosa.<br />

The two urchin barren reference sites on Tullaberga and Gabo Islands were later deemed<br />

inappropriate for statistical purposes, with a preference for reference sites with similar habitat<br />

types to those present at the sites inside the Marine National Park. In 2009, these sites were<br />

substituted by two sites on the eastern side of Gabo Island. Representative Phyllospora<br />

habitat was not found, with the two new reference sites being dominated by a mixture of<br />

Phyllospora comosa, Acrocarpia paniculata, smaller brown algae such as Halopteris and<br />

Zonaria spp., erect coralline algae and crustose coralline algae. The substratum at these<br />

sites consisted of steep dropoffs from the shore to 7 m depth with boulder fields, rocky<br />

outcrops and steps at the base.<br />

65


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Cape Howe<br />

Tullaberga Island<br />

Cape Howe<br />

Marine National<br />

Park<br />

Gabo Island<br />

Figure 6.1. Location of monitoring sites at Cape Howe Marine National Park. Marine National<br />

Park is indicated in shaded grey. Coordinate system is Map Grid of Australia 1996 (MGA).<br />

6.2 Macroalgae<br />

Sites within the Cape Howe MNP were dominated by monospecific stands of crayweed<br />

Phyllospora comosa (Figure 6.2). There were persistently high densities at Howe West,<br />

Howe Central, as well as at the two Iron Prince reference sites, of 60-90 percent cover<br />

(Figure 6.2; Appendix Figure A2.27). The dense canopy caused considerable shading of the<br />

substratum and there was a considerable coverage of sponges and other sessile<br />

invertebrates underneath, particularly at Howe West (Site 13). There was a considerable<br />

decline in P. comosa cover at Howe Border (Site 15), reducing from 70% cover in 2001 to<br />

only 29% cover in 2009 (Figure 6.2; Appendix Figure A2.27). This change was concordant<br />

with reductions in abundances of black lip abalone Haliotis rubra and increases in<br />

Centrostephanus rodgersii (discussed below).<br />

The coverage of crustose coralline algae was considerably higher at Howe Border (Site 15;<br />

Appendix Figure A2.28), in accordance with the larger area and number of urchin barren<br />

patches at this site. There were no obvious trends in abundance over the survey period.<br />

The algal understorey in the Cape Howe region was generally sparse and depauperate of<br />

species. Common species included the brown alga Carpomitra costata and the red algae<br />

Delisea pulchra, Rhodymenia linearis, Plocamium angustum and Phacelocarpus<br />

peperocarpos. More open patches of reef tended to include the smaller brown algae<br />

Halopteris spp. and Zonaria turneriana and the erect coralline algae Haliptilon roseum,<br />

Amphiroa anceps and Arthrocardia wardii. The red alga Galaxaura marginata was notably<br />

abundant only at Howe Perpendicular (Site 20), with 5% and 10% cover in 2004 and 2006.<br />

There was a notable increase in abundance of the smaller thallose algae between 2006 and<br />

2009, particularly for Halopteris spp. and Haliptilon roseum (Figures 6.4 and 6.5). Highest<br />

abundances were also recorded in 2009 for Amphiroa anceps, Carpomitra costata and<br />

Delisea pulchra.<br />

66


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

100<br />

Phyllospora comosa- Cape Howe<br />

Percent cover<br />

Percent cover<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 6.2. Percent cover of crayweed Phyllospora comosa at Cape Howe Marine National<br />

Park and reference sites.<br />

40<br />

Crustose Coralline Algae - Cape Howe<br />

Percent cover<br />

Percent cover<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 6.3. Percent cover of crustose coralline algae at Cape Howe Marine National Park and<br />

reference sites.<br />

67


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

20<br />

Halopterisspp - Cape Howe<br />

Percent cover<br />

Percent cover<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 6.4. Percent cover of small brown algae Halopteris spp. at Cape Howe Marine National<br />

Park and reference sites.<br />

15<br />

Haliptilon roseum- Cape Howe<br />

Percent cover<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

15<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Percent cover<br />

10<br />

5<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 6.5. Percent cover of small brown algae Halopteris spp. at Cape Howe Marine National<br />

Park and reference sites.<br />

68


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

6.3 Invertebrates<br />

There were relatively few invertebrate species at the Cape Howe monitoring sites.<br />

The most abundant invertebrate in the region was the long spined sea urchin<br />

Centrostephanus rodgersii. Within the Cape Howe MNP, abundances were particularly high<br />

at Howe Border (265-437 per 200 m 2 ). Abundances at the other sites within the MNP were<br />

generally less than 140 per 200 m 2 . At Howe Border, abundances increased from 265 in<br />

2001 to remain above 359 per 200 m 2 between 2004 and 2009. Abundances at Howe<br />

Central in 2009 were triple that observed previously. These changes were not reflected at the<br />

Iron Prince Phyllospora-dominated reference sites, with a minor increase at one and a<br />

decreasing trend at the other (Sites 12 and 19; Figure 6.6; Appendix Figure A2.31). The new<br />

reference site at Gabo Gulch (Site 26) has a high density of C. rodgersii, similar to Howe<br />

Border (Figure 6.6; Appendix Figure A2.31).<br />

The urchin barrens at Tullaberga Deep (Site 3208) and Gabo Monument (Site 3210) had<br />

very high densities of C. rodgersii, of 800-1200 per 200 m 2 . Moderate abundances of<br />

Astralium tentoriformis, blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra and common sea urchin Heliocidaris<br />

erythrogramma were associated with these barrens habitats. Other species of large mobile<br />

invertebrates were uncommon at these sites.<br />

The abundance of blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra was generally in the range of 30-100<br />

individuals per 200 m 2 inside the Cape Howe MNP (Sites 13, 14 and 15) and at the<br />

representative Iron Prince Reference sites (Sites 12 and 19; Figure 6.8; Appendix Figure<br />

A2.33). There was a marked decline in abundance at Howe Border (Site 15) between 2001<br />

and 2004. There was an equally marked increase in abundance at Howe Central (Site 14)<br />

from 2006 to 2009. There was a minor increase in abundance from 2006 to 2009 at Howe<br />

Border (Figure 6.8). Abalone sizes appear to have increased slightly at Howe West (Site 13;<br />

Figure 6.9; Appendix Figure A2.34).<br />

Other notable invertebrate changes were:<br />

Persistent increased abundance in common sea urchin Heliocidaris erythrogramma at<br />

Iron Prince West between 2004 and 2006 (Site 12; Figure 6.10; Appendix Figure A2.35).<br />

Increasing trend in abundance of trumpet shell Cabestana spengleri at Iron Prince West<br />

(Site 12) and decreasing trend at Iron Prince Wreck (Site 19; Figure 6.11; Appendix<br />

Figure A2.36).<br />

Persistent moderately high abundances (17-25 individuals per 200 m2) of dogwhelk<br />

Dicathais orbita at Iron Prince Wreck (Site 19).<br />

Persistently higher abundances (5-11 individuals per 200 m2) of red bait crab Plagusia<br />

chabrus at Iron Prince West (Site 12) compared with other sites.<br />

69


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Abundance<br />

Abundance<br />

450<br />

360<br />

270<br />

180<br />

90<br />

0<br />

450<br />

360<br />

270<br />

180<br />

90<br />

Centrostephanus rodgersii- Cape Howe<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 6.6. Abundance (individuals per 200 m 2 ) of long spined sea urchin Centrostephanus<br />

rodgersii at Cape Howe Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

400<br />

Turbo undulatus- Cape Howe<br />

Abundance<br />

Abundance<br />

300<br />

200<br />

100<br />

0<br />

400<br />

300<br />

200<br />

100<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 6.7. Abundance (individuals per 200 m 2 ) of turban shell Turbo undulatus at Cape Howe<br />

Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

70


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

200<br />

Haliotis rubra- Cape Howe<br />

Abundance<br />

Abundance<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

0<br />

200<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 6.8. Abundance (individuals per 200 m 2 ) of black lip abalone Haliotis rubra at Cape<br />

Howe Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

180<br />

Haliotis rubrasizes - Cape Howe<br />

Length (mm)<br />

140<br />

100<br />

Marine National Park<br />

60<br />

180<br />

Length (mm)<br />

140<br />

100<br />

Reference<br />

60<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 6.9. Mean sizes (mm ± standard error) of blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra at Cape Howe<br />

Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

71


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

120<br />

Heliocidaris erythrogramma- Cape Howe<br />

Abundance<br />

80<br />

40<br />

Marine National Park<br />

0<br />

120<br />

Abundance<br />

80<br />

40<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 6.10. Abundance (individuals per 200 m 2 ) of common sea urchin Heliocidaris<br />

erythrogramma at Cape Howe Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

50<br />

Cabestana spengleri- Cape Howe<br />

Abundance<br />

Abundance<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 6.11. Abundance (individuals per 200 m 2 ) of trumpet shell Cabestana spengleri at Cape<br />

Howe Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

72


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

6.4 Fish<br />

The abundances of the blue throated wrasse Notolabrus tetricus tended to fluctuate at all<br />

sites between surveys from 2001 to 2006 (Figure 6.12). There was a general increase in<br />

abundance in the Cape Howe MNP between 2006 and 2009, with the highest recorded<br />

abundances being in 2009 at Sites 13 to 15 (Appendix Figure A2.37). This increase was not<br />

reflected at any of the reference sites with time-series data (Sites 12 and 19 in Appendix<br />

Figure A2.37, but also Sites 8 and 10). There was little evidence fish size increasing between<br />

2009 and 2004 (Figure 6.13).<br />

The abundances of purple wrasse N. fucicola had an increasing trend between 2004 and<br />

2009 within Cape Howe MNP, with the highest densities occurring in 2009 (Figure 6.14).<br />

There was also a marked increase in density between 2006 and 2009 at the reference site<br />

Iron Prince Wreck (Site 19) but not at Iron Prince West, where none were observed in 2009<br />

(Site 12; Appendix Figure A2.38). Observed abundances in 2004 were too low to compare<br />

changes in size structure over time (Figure 6.15).<br />

The abundance of herring cale Odax cyanomelas was highly variable between times, there<br />

being a notable peak in abundance at most sites in 2004 (Figure 6.17). Abundances have<br />

been persistently higher at Iron Prince Wreck (Site 19; Appendix Figure A2.40). The sizes of<br />

O. cyanomelas observed in 2009 were considerably smaller than those observed in 2004<br />

(Figure 6.18).<br />

There has been an increasing trend in abundance of banded morwong Cheilodactylus<br />

spectabilis within the Cape Howe MNP since 2001 (Sites 13 to 15; Appendix Figure A2.41).<br />

There is no marked increase in density of larger morwong at these sites, however there was<br />

a higher number of juveniles observed at Howe Central in 2009 (Figure 6.20). A slightly<br />

higher density of larger fish was observed at the new Howe Deep site in 2009. The density at<br />

the Iron Prince reference sites remained relatively similar over time (Sites 12 and 19;<br />

Appendix Figure A2.41). This species can grow up to 1 metre in length.<br />

The abundance of all fishes in the 12 to 20 cm size classes was considerably higher at Howe<br />

West, Howe Central and Iron Prince Wreck in 2009 compared with 2004 (Figure 6.21).<br />

There was a marked increase in the abundance of kelp fish Aplodactylus lophodon in the<br />

Cape Howe MNP between 2006 and 2009 (Sites 14 and 15, Figure 6.22). This increase was<br />

from 1-6 fish to 22-24 fish per 2000 m 2 . Abundances were persistently high at Iron Prince<br />

Wreck over the monitoring period (Site 19; 21-28 individuals per 2000 m 2 ; Appendix Figure<br />

A2.42) and variable at Iron Prince West (Site 12; Appendix Figure A2.42). This species eats<br />

seaweeds and the increases may be related to the increased abundance of smaller thallose<br />

seaweeds at these sites.<br />

The eastern blue groper Achoerodus viridis was sporadically observed at sites throughout<br />

the Cape Howe region in low abundances, of generally three or less individuals per 2000 m 2 .<br />

Nineteen individuals per 2000 m 2 were observed at Howe Central (Site 14) in 2009. These<br />

individuals were comparatively small, mostly in the 150 and 200 mm size classes with some<br />

in the 250 and 300 mm size classes. Larger individual females and males were observed<br />

(approximately 400-450 mm long), but not within the survey transects. This species can grow<br />

to over 1 m in size.<br />

The contribution of other species to the fish assemblages varied between sites. The damsel<br />

fishes, white ear Parma microlepis and the one-spot puller Chromis hypsilepis occurred<br />

together on the reefs Howe Central (Site 14) and Howe Border (Site 15). These fish occurred<br />

predominantly in the open barrens habitat created by the urchin Centrostephanus rodgersii.<br />

Parma microlepis was also present at Howe Perpendicular (Site 20) but in lower numbers.<br />

Some large individuals of long-finned pike Dinolestes lewini occurred at all sites with highest<br />

numbers occurring at Howe Perpendicular (Site 20) during the second survey.<br />

73


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Stripey mado Atypichthys strigatus occurred at all sites and was the most abundant species,<br />

but fluctuated greatly in abundance between sites and times. The highest densities were at<br />

Gabo Monument (Site 10) and Prince Wreck (Site 19).<br />

The large area of urchin barren habitat at Gabo Monument (Site 10) and Tullaberga Deep<br />

(Site 8) had distinctive fish assemblages. Few individuals of the kelp feeding herring cale<br />

Odax cyanomelas occurred at these barrens sites. The urchin barren habitat at the island<br />

sites also supported the highest densities of the damselfishes Parma microlepis and Chromis<br />

hypsilepis and the eastern hulafish Trachinops taeniatus.<br />

Occasional schools of jack mackerel Trachurus novaezelandiae and trevally Pseudocaranx<br />

dentex were observed at sites in the Cape Howe region.<br />

100<br />

Notolabrus tetricusi- Cape Howe<br />

Abundance<br />

Abundance<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 6.12. Site abundances (number per 2000 m 2 ) of blue throated wrasse Notolabrus tetricus at<br />

Cape Howe Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

74


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

50<br />

Notolabrus tetricussizes - Cape Howe<br />

Abundance<br />

Abundance<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50<br />

Length (cm)<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

Reference<br />

Survey<br />

2006<br />

2009<br />

Figure 6.13. Size density (number per 2000 m 2 ) of blue throated wrasse Notolabrus tetricus at Cape<br />

Howe Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

100<br />

Notolabrus fucicola- Cape Howe<br />

Abundance<br />

Abundance<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 6.14. Site abundances (number per 2000 m 2 ) of purple wrasse Notolabrus fucicola at Cape<br />

Howe Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

75


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

60<br />

Notolabrus fucicloasizes - Cape Howe<br />

Abundance<br />

40<br />

20<br />

Marine National Park<br />

0<br />

60<br />

Abundance<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50<br />

Length (cm)<br />

Reference<br />

Survey<br />

2006<br />

2009<br />

Figure 6.15. Size density (number per 2000 m 2 ) of purple wrasse Notolabrus fucicola at Cape Howe<br />

Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

80<br />

Odax cyanomelas- Cape Howe<br />

Abundance<br />

Abundance<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 6.17. Site abundances (number per 2000 m 2 ) of herring cale Odax cyanomelas at Cape Howe<br />

Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

76


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

35<br />

Odax cyanomelassizes - Cape Howe<br />

Abundance<br />

Abundance<br />

28<br />

21<br />

14<br />

7<br />

0<br />

35<br />

28<br />

21<br />

14<br />

7<br />

0<br />

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50<br />

Length (cm)<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

Reference<br />

Survey<br />

2006<br />

2009<br />

Figure 6.18. Size density (number per 2000 m 2 ) of herring cale Odax cyanomelas at Cape Howe<br />

Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

30<br />

Cheilodactylus spectabilis- Cape Howe<br />

Abundance<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Marine National Park<br />

0<br />

30<br />

Abundance<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 6.19. Site abundances (number per 2000 m 2 ) of banded morwong Cheilodactylus spectabilis at<br />

Cape Howe Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

77


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Abundance<br />

Abundance<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

Cheilodactylus spectabilissizes - Cape Howe<br />

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50<br />

Length (cm)<br />

Marine Sanctuary<br />

Reference<br />

Survey<br />

2006<br />

2009<br />

Figure 6.20. Size density (number per 2000 m 2 ) of banded morwong Cheilodactylus spectabilis at<br />

Cape Howe Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

450<br />

<strong>Reef</strong> fish sizes - Cape Howe<br />

Abundance<br />

Abundance<br />

360<br />

270<br />

180<br />

90<br />

0<br />

450<br />

360<br />

270<br />

180<br />

90<br />

0<br />

0 10 20 30 40 50 60<br />

Length (cm)<br />

Marine National Park<br />

Reference<br />

Survey<br />

2006<br />

2009<br />

Figure 6.21. Size density (number per 2000 m 2 ) of all fishes at Cape Howe Marine National Park and<br />

reference sites.<br />

78


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

30<br />

Aplodactylus lophodon- Cape Howe<br />

Abundance<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Marine National Park<br />

0<br />

30<br />

Abundance<br />

20<br />

10<br />

Reference<br />

0<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure 6.22. Site abundances (number per 2000 m 2 ) of eastern kelpfish Aplodactylus lophodon at<br />

Cape Howe Marine National Park and reference sites.<br />

79


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

a. Yellowtail mackerel Trachurus b. Eastern hula Trachinops taeniatus.<br />

novazelandiae.<br />

c. Sea urchin Centrostephanus rodgersii. d. Maori wrasse Ophthalmolepis lineolatus.<br />

e. Trevally Pseudocaranx georgianus. f. Urchin barren and red morwong<br />

Cheilodactylus fuscus.<br />

Figure 6.23. Site conditions and example photographs of typical fauna observed at Site 11, Gabo<br />

Island Harbour, 24 May 2009.<br />

80


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

a. Urchin barren, Sea urchin b. Mixed red and brown algae.<br />

Centrostephanus rodgersii.<br />

c. Soft coral Capnella gaboensis. d. Seastar Fromia polypora.<br />

Figure 6.24. Site conditions and example photographs of typical flora and fauna observed at Site 25,<br />

Gabo Island Northeast Gulch, 23 May 2009.<br />

81


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

7 REEF CONDITION INDICATORS<br />

7.1 Introduction<br />

The previous sections of this report provide a description of the monitoring data for each site<br />

over the monitoring period. It also identifies any important changes at the species and site<br />

scales. These data were combined in various ways to provide indicators of reef quality and<br />

changes at the marine protected area and regional spatial scales. Seven areas were<br />

assessed using the Twofold Shelf monitoring data:<br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary<br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong> reference areas<br />

Point Hicks Marine National Park<br />

Point Hicks reference areas<br />

Cape Howe Marine National Park<br />

Cape Howe reference areas<br />

Twofold Shelf bioregion (all sites)<br />

<strong>Reef</strong> quality indicators were developed to encompass key features of marine protected area<br />

performance assessment and general management concern. The indicators are grouped into<br />

the categories: biodiversity; ecosystem function; climate change; fishing and environment.<br />

The development of reef quality indicators using data from the standardised SRMP methods<br />

was initiated in Tasmania by the Tasmanian Aquaculture and Fisheries Institute (Stuart-<br />

Smith et al. 2008). These indices were generally applicable for the <strong><strong>Victoria</strong>n</strong> SRMP, although<br />

some were adjusted to suit the circumstances.<br />

This chapter provides plots of means and standard errors for each of the univariate reef<br />

quality indicators and seven areas. This is to provide:<br />

An initial assessment of reef qualities with respect to marine protected areas and<br />

bioregions.<br />

An initial basis for the development of any formal indicator and reporting system of reef<br />

condition.<br />

7.2 Indicator Calculation Methods<br />

7.2.1 Biodiversity (B)<br />

B1 Community Change<br />

A multivariate index of community change is presently being developed. Various methods of<br />

indication and graphic representation of changes are being tested. The Tasmanian method is<br />

not used here as it does not translate well to multiple time series measurements and there is<br />

inconsistency with the dissimilarity indices used. Recently developed methods such as<br />

multivariate control charting and principal response curves are being examined for their<br />

suitability.<br />

B2 Species Richness and Diversity<br />

Species richness is given as the number of species observed at each site. Some species<br />

have been pooled within genera. The species richness indicator was given as the mean of<br />

species richness across all sites for each species group (fishes, invertebrates and algae).<br />

Cryptic fishes are included in fish species richness, despite being recorded on invertebrate<br />

transects. Pelagic, non-resident fishes and squids are excluded but octopuses are included.<br />

82


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Species diversity was indicated using Hill’s N 2 . The mean was calculated for across sites for<br />

each species group (fishes, invertebrates and algae). Species diversity indices are generally<br />

more responsive, but also noisier, than species richness indices.<br />

Total individuals was calculated as the sum of the abundance of all species within each<br />

species group and averaged across sites. This index is used to show any simultaneous<br />

depression of abundances across all species.<br />

B3 Introduced Species<br />

Percentage introduced species of the total number of species at each site for each species<br />

group. The mean percentage is calculated using only those sites where at least one<br />

introduced species was found in at least one of the surveys. The index is calculated for fish<br />

and invertebrates combined. For algae, Undaria pinnatifida is not included in this indicator<br />

because cover measurements would not be representative due to the timing of surveys. It is<br />

included as a separate indicator, B5.<br />

B4 Introduced Individuals<br />

Percentage calculated similarly to B3 but expressed as the number of individuals for fish and<br />

invertebrates and as percentage cover for algae.<br />

B5 Occurrence of Undaria.<br />

Percentage of sites with Undaria pinnatifida known to be present. Presence absence may be<br />

determined from other sources of information where the monitoring sites are normally<br />

surveyed outside the growth period. This index is additional to the Tasmanian set.<br />

7.2.2 Ecosystem Function and Processes (EF)<br />

EF1 Habitat and Production.<br />

Biogenic habitat and standing stocks of primary producers was indicated by the average<br />

percent cover of the pooled seaweed groups:<br />

Canopy browns – defined here as Ecklonia radiata, Undaria pinnatifida, Lessonia<br />

corrugata, Macrocystis angustifolia, M. pyrifera, Durvillaea potatorum, Phyllospora<br />

comosa, Seirococcus axillaris, Acrocarpia paniculata, Cystophora platylobium, C.<br />

moniliformis, C. pectinata, C. monilifera, C. retorta and C. retroflexa<br />

Smaller browns (all other brown species except Ectocarpales)<br />

Reds (except filamentous species)<br />

Greens<br />

Erect coralline algae<br />

Other indicators of ecosystem functioning, including grazers, habitat modifiers, filer feeders,<br />

etc., are being developed.<br />

7.2.3 Climate Change (C)<br />

C1 Species from Adjacent Biogeographic Region – Proportion of Species<br />

For Twofold Shelf, this was calculated as the percentage of species at the site that are<br />

typically from the Peronian biogeographic province.<br />

This index differs from the Tasmanian index which has a focus on percentage of cold water<br />

species. In <strong>Victoria</strong>, there is expected to be an influx of species associated with<br />

strengthening of warmer current flows, such as the East Australia Current and the Leeuwin<br />

Current (which becomes the South Australia Current). For Twofold Shelf – the strongest<br />

83


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

indicator is likely to be from an influx of Peronian (NSW) province species. For other areas,<br />

the strongest indicator is likely to be a combination of:<br />

Influx of warmer water eastern and western species, particularly fishes.<br />

Change in range extents (e.g. many seaweeds have their eastern range at particular<br />

headlands across central <strong>Victoria</strong>).<br />

Proportion of cold water species.<br />

C2 Species from Adjacent Biogeographic Region – Proportion of Individuals<br />

For Twofold Shelf, this was calculated as the percentage of individuals at the site that are<br />

typically from the Peronian biogeographic province species. Variations on this index as are<br />

considered for C1 above.<br />

C3 Macrocystis<br />

The mean percent cover of string kelp Macrocystis spp. (using Methods 3 and 4) across<br />

sites. Method 3 data are used where Method 4 data are unavailable.<br />

C4 Centrostephanus<br />

The mean density of the long-spined sea urchin Centrostephanus rodgersii (using Method 2),<br />

across sites.<br />

C5 Durvillaea<br />

The mean percent cover of bull kelp Durvillaea potatorum (using Method 3), across sites.<br />

This index is additional to the Tasmanian set. Durvillaea potatorum is potentially two species<br />

– having genetically and morphologically distinct eastern and southern forms. The eastern<br />

form has reduced in range along the NSW coast by approximately 80 km.<br />

7.2.4 Fishing (F)<br />

F1 to F3 Abalone.<br />

The blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra was assessed for Twofold Shelf. The parameters<br />

assessed were:<br />

F1 - mean size.<br />

F2 - mean density of legal individuals, calculated as the proportion of legal sized<br />

individuals from the size measurements multiplied by the density estimate of abalone.<br />

F3 - the proportion of legal sized individual, expressed as a percentage of the number of<br />

individuals measured.<br />

The greenlip abalone Haliotis laevigata is also assessed for the Central <strong>Victoria</strong> bioregion.<br />

F4 to F6 Rock Lobster.<br />

The packhorse lobster Jasus verreauxi was assessed for Twofold Shelf. The parameters<br />

assessed were:<br />

F4 - mean size.<br />

F5 - mean density of legal individuals, calculated as the proportion of legal sized<br />

individuals from the size measurements multiplied by the density estimate.<br />

F6 - the proportion of legal sized individual, expressed as a percentage of the number of<br />

individuals measured.<br />

The southern rock lobster Jasus edwardsii is assessed for the other bioregions of <strong>Victoria</strong>.<br />

84


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

F7-F8 Size Spectra of Fishes<br />

The size spectrum of all fishes at a site is centred and linearised:<br />

Size frequencies for each field size class are aggregated into classes centred on 87.5<br />

mm (classes 1-6), 200 mm (class 7), 275 mm (classes 8-9), 356.25 mm (classes 10-11),<br />

400 mm (class 12), 500 mm (class 13), 625 mm (class 14), and 750 mm (class 15).<br />

Both frequencies (abundances) and size classes are logged (loge +1).<br />

The size classes are centred by subtracting the mean.<br />

Linear regression is used to estimate the slope and intercept (which is also the half-height of<br />

the slope). F4 is given as the mean slope across sites. F5 is given as the mean intercept<br />

across sites.<br />

This differs from the Tasmanian calculations which use logs to the base 10 and lengths are<br />

expressed in inches, to be consistent with SI units and conventional exponential curves.<br />

F9 Biomass of Large Fished Species<br />

Mean of the sum of biomass of selected species ≥ 300 mm. Biomass was calculated by<br />

converting lengths to weights using published conversion factors for the power relationship:<br />

weight(grams)=a*Length(cm)^b. The weight estimations used the coefficients compiled by<br />

Lyle and Campbell (1999). For Twofold Shelf, the selected species were the most common<br />

species under heaviest fishing pressure:<br />

Banded morwong Cheilodactylus spectabilis (a = 0.0629, b = 2.881)<br />

Bastard trumpeter Latridopsis forsteri (a = 0.0487, b = 3.14)<br />

Blue throated wrasse Notolabrus tetricus (a = 0.0539, b = 2.17)<br />

Purple wrasse Notolabrus fucicola (a = 0.0539, b = 2.17)<br />

Crimson banded wrasse Notolabrus gymnogenis (a = 0.0539, b = 2.17)<br />

Eastern blue groper Achoerodus viridis (a = 0.0539, b = 2.17)<br />

This index differs from the Tasmanian F6 index in the type of species included and the<br />

addition of the 300 mm size class.<br />

F10 Proportion of Large Fished Individuals<br />

This is given by the number of large fished individuals (as listed for F6) ≥ 300 mm divided by<br />

the total number of fishes ≥ 300 mm. The mean proportion is then calculated across sites.<br />

This index differs from the Tasmanian index in that includes the 300 mm size class.<br />

F11-F12 Abundance and Size of Large Fished Fishes<br />

For each of the selected fish species (listed in F6), the indices are: (F8) mean of the number<br />

of individuals ≥ 300 mm; and (F9) mean of the mean size across sites.<br />

7.2.5 Environment (E)<br />

E1 Kelp Canopy to Green and Red Seaweed Dominance (CB to G&R).<br />

The relative proportion of cover of canopy brown (CB) seaweeds to red and green algae<br />

(G&R) cover. The index is scaled such that values from 50 to 100 indicate increasing<br />

dominance of canopy browns and values from 50 to 1 indicate an increasing dominance of<br />

G&R. The index is calculated by first truncating the data such that values < 1% cover are<br />

assigned a 1% cover. The index is then given by the proportion of CB cover over the sum of<br />

CB and G&R cover, expressed as a percentage, where either CB or G&R is > 1.<br />

85


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

This differs from the Tasmanian P1 index, which uses ratios that are asymmetric and difficult<br />

to plot and interpret.<br />

E2 Canopy Browns to Crustose Coralline Algae Dominance (CB to CCA)<br />

The relative proportion of cover of canopy brown (CB) seaweeds to crustose coralline algae<br />

(CCA) cover. The index is scaled such that values from 50 to 100 indicate increasing<br />

dominance of canopy browns and values from 50 to 1 indicate an increasing dominance of<br />

CCA. The index is calculated by first truncating the data such that values < 1% cover are<br />

assigned a 1% cover. The index is then given by the proportion of CB cover over the sum of<br />

CB and CCA cover, expressed as a percentage, where either CB or CCA is > 1.<br />

This differs from the Tasmanian P2 index, which uses ratios that are asymmetric and difficult<br />

to plot and interpret.<br />

E3 Sediment Cover<br />

Percentage cover of sand and sediment on the survey transect (Method 3). This differs from<br />

the P3 Tasmanian index in that this index does not differentiate between sand on reef or<br />

sand between reef. This would show any changes in sediment dynamics on the reef, which<br />

may or may not be human related.<br />

7.3 Indicator Results<br />

7.3.1 Indicator Plots and Legends<br />

The plots represent the mean of the indicator for each of the seven areas. Standard errors<br />

are presented for areas/surveys with more than two sites. The error bars are staggered<br />

between areas to prevent overlap. All plots have the same legend for each area – this is<br />

presented in Figure 7.1.<br />

It should be noted that there are some biases because of site changes during the program –<br />

this is particularly pertinent for the Cape Howe areas between Surveys 1 and 2 and between<br />

Surveys 3 and 4. Likely influences of these site changes are indicated in the text.<br />

7.3.2 Biodiversity (B)<br />

B1 Community Change.<br />

Indicators for community change, involving multivariate methods, are under development.<br />

B2 Species Richness and Diversity<br />

There was an apparent increase in fish species richness in the Cape Howe MNP between<br />

2006 and 2009 (Figure 7.2a).<br />

There was a general tendency for increased algal richness in most areas (Figure 7.2c). The<br />

recent, rapid increase of algal species richness at the Howe reference sites (Figure 7.2c) is<br />

because of the addition of two new reference sites during 2009.<br />

There was a marked increase in fish species diversity in the Cape Howe reference and MNP<br />

areas, between 2006 and 2009 (Figure 7.3a).<br />

There was a notable decreasing trend in invertebrate diversity between 2004 and 2009<br />

(Figure 7.3c).<br />

The recent, rapid increase of algal diversity at the Howe reference sites (Figure 7.3c) is<br />

because of the addition of two new reference sites during 2009.<br />

86


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

There was a notable increase in invertebrate total abundance in the Hicks reference area<br />

(Figure 7.4b). Changes in fish and algal total abundances at the Howe reference area are<br />

confounded by site changes during monitoring.<br />

B3 Introduced Species<br />

There were no introduced species observed during the Twofold Shelf surveys.<br />

B4 Introduced Individuals<br />

There were no introduced species observed during the Twofold Shelf surveys.<br />

B5 Occurrence of Undaria.<br />

Undaria pinnatifida is presently not known to occur in the Twofold Shelf region.<br />

87


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

All sites (whole bioregion)<br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong> MS<br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong> reference<br />

Point Hicks MNP<br />

Point Hicks reference<br />

Cape Howe MNP<br />

Cape Howe reference<br />

Figure 7.1. Key to time series plots for Figures 7.2 to 7.19.<br />

Figure 7.2. Biodiversity condition indicators – species richness (B2): (a) fishes, including cryptic<br />

fishes; (b) mobile invertebrates; and (c) seaweeds.<br />

88


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Figure 7.3. Biodiversity condition indicators – species diversity (B2): (a) fishes, including cryptic fishes;<br />

(b) mobile invertebrates; and (c) seaweeds.<br />

89


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Figure 7.4. Biodiversity condition indicators – total abundance of individuals (B2): (a) fishes, number<br />

per 2000 m 2 ; (b) mobile invertebrates, number per 200 m 2 ; and (c) seaweeds, sum of percentage<br />

covers.<br />

90


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

7.3.3 Ecosystem Function and Processes (EF)<br />

EF1 Habitat and Production.<br />

The cover of canopy browns increased slightly at Beware <strong>Reef</strong> MS and the Beware<br />

reference site (Figure 7.5a), with a corresponding decrease in smaller browns (Figure 7.5b).<br />

There was an apparent increase in cover of canopy browns in the Hicks MNP and reference<br />

areas between 2001 and 2004 (Figure 7.5a), with a corresponding decrease in red<br />

seaweeds in the Hicks reference area (Figure 7.5c).<br />

There was a notable increase in green algal abundance in the Howe MNP and reference<br />

areas between 2006 and 2009 (Figure 7.5d). This increase may be exaggerated in the Howe<br />

reference area by the inclusion of the two new Gabo Island sites.<br />

Figure 7.5. Ecosystem function condition indicators – total abundance of individuals (EF1): (a)<br />

canopy-forming brown seaweeds, sum of percentage covers; (b) smaller brown seaweeds, sum of<br />

percentage covers; and (c) thallose red seaweeds, sum of percentage covers.<br />

91


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Figure 7.5 (continued). Ecosystem function condition indicators – total abundance of individuals<br />

(EF1): (d) green seaweeds, sum of percentage covers; and (e) erect coralline seaweeds, sum of<br />

percentage covers.<br />

7.3.4 Climate Change (C)<br />

C1 Species from Adjacent Biogeographic Region – Proportion of Species<br />

There is a trend, since 2004, of increased proportion of Peronian fishes at all areas except<br />

the Beware reference site (Figure 7.6a).<br />

C2 Species from Adjacent Biogeographic Region – Proportion of Individuals<br />

There was a trend of increasing Peronian fish and invertebrate individuals at Cape Howe<br />

MNP (Figure 7.7a and 7.7b).<br />

C3 Macrocystis<br />

Macrocystis was present in Old Jetty Bay at Point Hicks MNP during 2001 and 2004, but has<br />

not been observed there since (Figure 7.8a).<br />

C4 Centrostephanus<br />

There were no obvious trends for Centrostephanus – the apparent decline in the Howe<br />

reference area to 2009 (Figure 7.8c) is a function of the monitoring site changes.<br />

C5 Durvillaea<br />

Durvillaea, where present, appeared to have a slight increasing trend in abundance (Figure<br />

7.8b).<br />

92


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Figure 7.6. Climate condition indicators – proportion of Peronian biogeographic province species (C1):<br />

(a) fishes, percent; (b) invertebrates, percent; and (c) and seaweeds, percent.<br />

93


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Figure 7.7. Climate condition indicators – proportion of Peronian biogeographic province individuals<br />

(C2): (a) fishes, percent; (b) invertebrates, percent; and (c) and seaweeds, percent.<br />

94


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Figure 7.8. Climate condition indicators – abundance of selected species (C3): (a) string kelp<br />

Macrocystis angustifolia, percent cover; (b) bull kelp Durvillaea potatorum, percent cover; and (c) and<br />

long-spined sea urchin Centrostephanus rodgersii, number per 200 m 2 .<br />

7.3.5 Fishing (F)<br />

F1 to F3 Abalone.<br />

The mean size of abalone appears to have increased considerably in the Beware <strong>Reef</strong> MS<br />

and Point Hicks MNP areas between 2001 and 2004 (Figure 7.9a).<br />

The abundance of legal sized abalone appears to have increased in each of the Beware,<br />

Hicks and Howe marine protected areas since declaration (Figure 7.9b).<br />

The proportion of legal sized abalone appears to have increased at both Hicks MNP and<br />

reference areas, as well as the Howe MNP area, since declaration (Figure 7.9c).<br />

F4 to F6 Rock Lobster.<br />

The number of observations of rock lobster were too low to infer any trends. The data are<br />

presented here (Figure 7.10) to indicate the status of the data for future comparisons.<br />

F4-F5 Size Spectra of Fishes<br />

There were no clear trends in fish size spectra (Figure 7.11).<br />

95


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

F6 Biomass of Large Fished Species<br />

The biomass of large, fished fishes remained low at all areas (Figure 7.12a).<br />

F7 Proportion of Large Fished Individuals<br />

The proportion of large fishes, ≥ 300 mm, that were selected fished species appeared to<br />

increase at most areas between 2004 and 2009 (Figure 7.12b).<br />

F8-F9 Abundance and Size of Large Fished Fishes<br />

The densities of all selected larger fishes were generally low, making the indices ‘noisy’.<br />

The abundance of larger banded morwong C. spectabilis appeared to decrease between<br />

2004 and 2009 at Beware <strong>Reef</strong> MS, Hicks MNP and Hicks reference area (Figure 7.13).<br />

Abundances of bastard trumpeter L. forsteri were too low to interpret any trends (Figure<br />

7.14).<br />

There were variations in the density of larger blue throated wrasse N. tetricus over the survey<br />

period, with these trends being consistent between all areas (Figure 7.15).<br />

There was a notable decrease in the density of larger purple wrasse N. fucicola after 2004<br />

(Figure 7.16).<br />

Abundances of crimson banded wrasse N. gymnogenis and blue groper A. viridis were too<br />

low to interpret any trends (Figures 7.17 and 7.18).<br />

96


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Figure 7.9. Fishing condition indicators – blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra (F1-F3): (a) mean size, mm;<br />

(b) mean density of legal sized abalone, number per 200 m 2 ; and (c) mean abundance proportion of<br />

legal sized abalone.<br />

97


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Figure 7.10. Fishing condition indicators – packhorse lobster Jasus verreauxi (F4-F6): (a) mean size,<br />

mm; (b) mean density of legal sized lobster, number per 200 m 2 ; and (c) mean abundance proportion<br />

of legal sized lobster.<br />

98


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Figure 7.11. Fishing condition indicators – fish size spectra (F7-F8): (a) mean slope of spectra; and<br />

(b) mean half-height of spectra.<br />

Figure 7.12. Fishing condition indicators – large fish biomass and abundance (F9-F10): (a) mean<br />

biomass of selected species, individuals ≥ 300 mm; and (b) mean proportion of selected fished<br />

species individuals of all fishes ≥ 300 mm.<br />

99


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Figure 7.13. Fishing condition indicators – banded morwong Cheilodactylus spectabilis (F11): (a)<br />

mean densities of individuals ≥ 300 mm, number per 2000 m 2 ; and (b) mean size, mm.<br />

Figure 7.14. Fishing condition indicators – bastard trumpeter Latridopsis forsteri (F12): (a) mean<br />

densities of individuals ≥ 300 mm, number per 2000 m 2 ; and (b) mean size, mm.<br />

100


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Figure 7.15. Fishing condition indicators – blue throated wrasse Notolabrus tetricus (F13): (a) mean<br />

densities of individuals ≥ 300 mm, number per 2000 m 2 ; and (b) mean size, mm.<br />

Figure 7.16. Fishing condition indicators – purple wrasse Notolabrus fucicola (F14): (a) mean<br />

densities of individuals ≥ 300 mm, number per 2000 m 2 ; and (b) mean size, mm.<br />

101


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Figure 7.17. Fishing condition indicators – crimson banded wrasse Notolabrus gymnogenis (F15): (a)<br />

mean densities of individuals ≥ 300 mm, number per 2000 m 2 ; and (b) mean size, mm.<br />

Figure 7.18. Fishing condition indicators – eastern blue groper Achoerodus viridis (F16): (a) mean<br />

densities of individuals ≥ 300 mm, number per 2000 m 2 ; and (b) mean size, mm.<br />

102


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

7.3.6 Environment (E)<br />

E1 Kelp Canopy to Green and Red Seaweed Dominance (CB to G&R).<br />

There was an apparent increase in dominance of canopy browns to green and red seaweeds<br />

at both Beware MS and Beware reference areas (Figure 7.19a).<br />

E2 Canopy Browns to Crustose Coralline Algae Dominance (CB to CCA)<br />

There were no obvious trends in the dominance of canopy browns to crustose coralline algae<br />

(Figure 7.19b).<br />

E3 Sediment Cover<br />

An increase in sand cover was evident in the Hicks MNP and Hicks reference areas and the<br />

Howe MNP area (Figure 7.19b).<br />

Figure 7.19. Environment condition indicators – dominance of selected components (E1-E3): (a)<br />

relative proportion of canopy browns (CB) and green and red seaweeds (GR); (b) relative proportion of<br />

canopy browns (CB) and crustose coralline algae (CCA); and (b) cover of sand.<br />

103


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS<br />

This project was funded by <strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> and supervised by Steffan Howe. We are grateful<br />

for the field assistance and technical support of Reinhart Strauss and crew from Wilderness<br />

Coast Charters.<br />

104


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

REFERENCES<br />

Clarke K., R. (1993) Non-parametric multivariate analyses of changes in community<br />

structure. Australian Journal of Ecology 18, 117-143.<br />

Dayton P. K., Tegner M. J., Edwards P. B. and Riser K. L. (1998) Sliding baselines, ghosts,<br />

and reduced expectations in kelp forest communities. Ecological Applications 8, 309-322.<br />

Ebeling A. W., Laur D. R. & Rowley R. J. (1985) Severe storm disturbances and reversal of<br />

community structure in a southern California kelp forest. Marine Biology 84, 287-294.<br />

Edgar G. J. (1998) Impact on and recovery of subtidal reefs. In: Iron Barron Oil Spill, July<br />

1995: Long Term Environmental Impact and Recovery. Tasmanian Department of Primary<br />

Industries and Environment, Hobart, 273-293.<br />

Edgar G. J. & Barrett N. S. (1997) Short term monitoring of biotic change in Tasmanian<br />

marine reserves. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 213, 261-279.<br />

Edgar G. J. & Barrett N. S. (1999) Effects of the declaration of marine reserves on<br />

Tasmanian reef fishes, invertebrates and plants. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and<br />

Ecology 242, 107-144.<br />

Edgar G. J., Moverly J., Barrett N. S., Peters D., & Reed C. (1997) The conservation-related<br />

benefits of a systematic marine biological sampling program: the Tasmanian reef<br />

bioregionalisation as a case study. Biological Conservation 79, 227-240.<br />

Edmunds M. & Hart S. (2003) <strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Standard Operating Procedure: Biological<br />

<strong>Monitoring</strong> of <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong>s. <strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 9, <strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong>,<br />

Melbourne.<br />

Edmunds M., Roob R. & Ferns L. (2000) Marine Biogeography of the Central <strong>Victoria</strong> and<br />

Flinders Bioregions – a Preliminary Analysis of <strong>Reef</strong> Flora and Fauna. In: L. W. Ferns and D.<br />

Hough (eds). Environmental Inventory of <strong>Victoria</strong>’s Marine Ecosystems Stage 3 (Volume 2).<br />

<strong>Parks</strong>, Flora and Fauna Division, Department of Natural Resources and Environment, East<br />

Melbourne. Australia.<br />

Edmunds M., Roob R., & Ferns L. (2001) Biological Assessment of Proposals for Marine<br />

Protected Areas in the Twofold Shelf Bioregion. Report to Abalone Fishermens Cooperative<br />

Ltd. Australian Marine Ecology Report 122. Melbourne.<br />

Faith D., Minchin P. & Belbin L. (1987) Compositional dissimilarity as a robust measure of<br />

ecological distance. Vegetation 69, 57-68.<br />

Holling C. S. (1978) Adaptive Environmental Assessment and Management. Wiley,<br />

Chichester.<br />

Kraft G. T. (2001) A Survey of <strong>Subtidal</strong> Marine Benthic Algae from the Point Hicks Region of<br />

East Gippsland. Report prepared for the Abalone Fishermens Cooperative Ltd, Mallacoota.<br />

School of Botany, University of Melbourne.<br />

Krebs C. J. (1999) Ecological Methodology, Second Edition. Benjamin/Cummings, Menlo<br />

Park.<br />

Lyle J. M. & Campbell D. A. (1999). Species and Size Composition of Recreational Catches,<br />

with Particular Reference to Licensed Fishing Methods. Final Report to the Marine<br />

Recreational Fishery Advisory Committee. Tasmania Aquaculture and Fisheries Institute,<br />

Hobart.<br />

Meredith C. (1997) Best Practice in Performance Reporting in Natural Resource<br />

Management. Department of Natural Resources and Environment, Melbourne.<br />

105


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Roob R., Edmunds M. & Ball D. (2000) <strong><strong>Victoria</strong>n</strong> Oil Spill Response Atlas: Biological<br />

resources. Macroalgal Communities in Central <strong>Victoria</strong>. Unpublished report to Australian<br />

Marine Safety Authority, Australian Marine Ecology Report No. 19, Melbourne.<br />

Stuart-Smith R., Barrett N., Crawford C., Edgar G. & Frusher S. (2008) Condition of Rocky<br />

<strong>Reef</strong> Communities: A Key Marine Habitat around Tasmania. NRM/NHT Final Report.<br />

Tasmanian Aquaculture and Fisheries Institute, Hobart.<br />

Sweatman H., Cheal A., Coleman G., Fitzpatrick B., Miller I., Ninio R., Osborne K., Page C.,<br />

Ryan D., Thompson A. & Tomkins P. (2000) Long-term <strong>Monitoring</strong> of the Great Barrier <strong>Reef</strong>.<br />

Status Report Number 4. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville.<br />

Sweatman H., Abdo D., Burgess A., Cheal G., Coleman S., Delean S., Emslie M., Miller I.,<br />

Osborne K., Oxley W., Page C. & Thompson A. (2003) Long-term <strong>Monitoring</strong> of the Great<br />

Barrier <strong>Reef</strong>. Status Report Number 6. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville.<br />

106


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

APPENDIX 1<br />

A1. Site Details<br />

A1.1 Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary<br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong> – Site 3223<br />

Site Description<br />

Beware <strong>Reef</strong> marine sanctuary is a small isolated reef located approximately 4 km offshore<br />

from Cape Conran. The reef profile in the shallower water consists of small gullies, slopes<br />

and flats down to the ten meter isobath, where the reef generally drops off steeply into<br />

deeper water.<br />

Transect Layout<br />

The Beware <strong>Reef</strong> monitoring site (Site 23) was positioned along the 8 m isobath over small<br />

gullies and flats. The central position is located on the eastern side of an emergent rock, with<br />

transects 1 and 2 along the northern side of the island and transects 3 and 4 along the<br />

southern side (forming a ‘v’).<br />

Latest Survey Notes<br />

Latest survey: 20 March 2009. Algal species richness had increased and invertebrate<br />

diversity decreased at Beware <strong>Reef</strong> MS between 2006 and 2009.<br />

Since 2006, the cover of bull kelp Durvillaea potatorum had increased by 16%. Abundance of<br />

the long spined sea urchin Centrostephanus rodgersii had decreased slightly, however<br />

qualitative observations in deeper waters along the northern wall indicates densities in less<br />

exposed waters may have increased. The abundances of feather star Comanthus trichoptera<br />

and purple wrasse Notolabrus fucicola increased markedly between 2006 and 2009.<br />

Figure A1.1. Site dive transects for Beware <strong>Reef</strong> (site 3223) in Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary.<br />

A1.1


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Table A1.1. Site details for Beware <strong>Reef</strong> (site 3223) in Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary.<br />

GDA<br />

latitude<br />

GDA<br />

longitude<br />

Zone<br />

MGA<br />

Easting<br />

MGA<br />

Northing<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Ab100 MPA/Ref<br />

-37.820251 148.78686 55 657270 5812624 10 N MPA<br />

Pearl Point – Site 3224<br />

Site Description<br />

Pearl Point is a reference site for Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine Sanctuary. The habitat structure at<br />

Pearl Point was similar to Müller’s <strong>Reef</strong> and Petrel Point, consisting of ridges of reef 1-2 m<br />

high with gullies in between.<br />

Transect Layout<br />

The Pearl Point reference site is at 7-8 m depth. T2 and T1 head in a straight line to the<br />

northeast from the marker, and T3 and T4 in a southwest direction.<br />

Latest Survey Notes<br />

Latest survey: 20 March 2009. Algal species richness increased at Pearl Point. This site had<br />

a high density of feather star Comanthus trichoptera in 2004 and 2006; this had increased<br />

markedly in 2009. The abundances of purple wrasse Notolabrus fucicola also increased.<br />

Figure A1.2. Site dive transects for Pearl Point (site 3224), the reference site for Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine<br />

Sanctuary.<br />

Table A1.2. Site details for Pearl Point (site 3224), the reference site for Beware <strong>Reef</strong> Marine<br />

Sanctuary.<br />

GDA<br />

latitude<br />

GDA<br />

longitude<br />

Zone<br />

MGA<br />

Easting<br />

MGA<br />

Northing<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Ab100 MPA/Ref<br />

-37.794192 148.88321 55 665809 5815349 8 N Ref<br />

A1.2


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

A1.2 Point Hicks Marine National Park<br />

Old Jetty Bay – Site 3204<br />

Site Description<br />

Old Jetty Bay is located within the MNP, on the western side of Point Hicks, and is relatively<br />

sheltered and shallow. The substratum consists of flat rock slabs with low boulders and<br />

occasional bombies. Some areas of boulders and cobble were interspersed with sand.<br />

Transect Layout<br />

T2 and T1 head in a straight line to the south from the marker, and T3 and T4 in a northerly<br />

direction, parallel to shore.<br />

Latest Survey Notes<br />

Latest survey: 20 March 2009. There were considerable changes observed at Old Jetty Bay<br />

in 2009. There was a decrease in algal species diversity, with the boulder habitat more sand<br />

scoured and fewer thallose algae were present. The abundances of Ecklonia radiata and<br />

brown alga Acrocarpia paniculata had also decreased since 2006. Concurrent changes<br />

included increased abundances of the brown strap weed Cystophora moniliformis, red alga<br />

Rhodymenia linearis and crustose coralline algae. String kelp Macrocystis angustifolia has<br />

been absent at this site since the 2004 survey. There was high abundance of the seastar<br />

Meridiastra calcar.<br />

Figure A1.3. Site dive transects for Old Jetty Bay (site 3204) in Point Hicks Marine National Park.<br />

Table A1.3. Site details for Old Jetty Bay (site 3204) in Point Hicks Marine National Park.<br />

GDA<br />

latitude<br />

GDA<br />

longitude<br />

Zone<br />

MGA<br />

Easting<br />

MGA<br />

Northing<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Ab100 MPA/Ref<br />

-37.795762 149.26623 55 699533 5814426 4 N MPA<br />

A1.3


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Hicks Southwest – Site 3221<br />

Site Description<br />

Hicks Southwest is highly exposed to swell and has both low and moderate relief reef (1-<br />

1.5 m), with steps, bombies and reef flats. There are patches of sand in the rock gullies and<br />

over rock flats.<br />

Transect Layout<br />

The areas of reef is short, so the transect curves to fit. T2 heads east from the marker,<br />

curving south in to T1. T3 heads west and T4 in a south-southwest direction.<br />

Latest Survey Notes<br />

Latest survey: 19 March 2009. Ecklonia radiata had increased in abundance in 2009 and<br />

Rhodymenia linearis had maintained relatively high abundance at this site. There was a<br />

notable increase in Comanthus trichoptera abundance. Meridiastra calcar also occurred in<br />

relatively high densities. The abundance of blue throated wrasse Notolabrus tetricus and<br />

purple wrasse N. fucicola increased between 2006 and 2009.<br />

Figure A1.4. Site dive transects for Hicks Southwest (site 3221) in Point Hicks Marine National Park.<br />

Table A1.4. Site details for Hicks Southwest (site 3221) in Point Hicks Marine National Park.<br />

GDA<br />

latitude<br />

GDA<br />

longitude<br />

Zone<br />

MGA<br />

Easting<br />

MGA<br />

Northing<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Ab100 MPA/Ref<br />

-37.800317 149.26602 55 699502 5813921 8 N MPA<br />

A1.4


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Hicks Joggle– Site 3222<br />

Site Description<br />

Hicks Joggle (Site 22) is situated beneath the lighthouse and is highly exposed, but has a<br />

small barrier reef in front of it which breaks up smaller swell waves. Larger waves continue<br />

over this reef and break on the steep shore. While the barrier reef protects the inner reef to<br />

some extent, a current frequently flows along the coast, between the barrier reef and the<br />

shore. This interacts with swells and backwash from the shore to make it a turbulent area<br />

(hence the name). The site is characterised by moderate to high granite boulders and<br />

outcrops (1.5-2 m) with low relief boulder habitat in the western end, where there are also<br />

large sand patches.<br />

Transect Layout<br />

The transect follows the curve of the bay. T2 and T1 head southeast from the marker, and T3<br />

and T4 curve from northwest at the marker to southwest at the end of T4.<br />

Latest Survey Notes<br />

Latest survey: 19 March 2009. Crayweed Phyllospora comosa is the dominant canopy<br />

former at this site. The abundance of blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra had increased between<br />

2006 and 2009. Densities of blue throated wrasse Notolabrus tetricus and purple wrasse N.<br />

fucicola remained relatively stable after declining between 2004 and 2006.<br />

Figure A1.5. Site dive transects for Hicks Joggle (site 3222) in Point Hicks Marine National Park.<br />

Table A1.5. Site details for Hicks Joggle (site 3222) in Point Hicks Marine National Park.<br />

GDA<br />

latitude<br />

GDA<br />

longitude<br />

Zone<br />

MGA<br />

Easting<br />

MGA<br />

Northing<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Ab100 MPA/Ref<br />

-37.803567 149.27414 55 700208 5813543 5 N MPA<br />

A1.5


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Hicks Lighthouse – Site 3206<br />

Site Description<br />

Hicks Lighthouse (Site 6) is situated on the eastern side of the point and is fully exposed to<br />

easterly swells. Although the aspect of this site is sheltered from westerly swells, the waves<br />

refract around the point and break over the site.<br />

Transect Layout<br />

T2 and T1 head northeast from the marker, meandering parallel to the shoreline and offshore<br />

from a submerged bombie. T3 and T4 head in a southerly direction, also parallel to shore.<br />

Latest Survey Notes<br />

Latest survey: 19 March 2009. Crayweed Phyllospora comosa is the dominant canopy<br />

former at this site. The seastar Meridiastra calcar occurred in relatively high densities. There<br />

was an increase in the abundance of blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra between 2006 and 2009.<br />

Figure A1.6. Site dive transects for Hicks Lighthouse (site 3206) in Point Hicks Marine National Park.<br />

Table A1.6. Site details for Hicks Lighthouse (site 3206) in Point Hicks Marine National Park.<br />

GDA<br />

latitude<br />

GDA<br />

longitude<br />

Zone<br />

MGA<br />

Easting<br />

MGA<br />

Northing<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Ab100 MPA/Ref<br />

-37.802027 149.27735 55 700495 5813707 5 Y MPA<br />

A1.6


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Krafts Garden – Site 3207<br />

Site Description<br />

Krafts Garden in a reference site for Point Hicks Marine National Park. Situated along a<br />

rocky reef outcrop immediately to the east of Point Hicks, Krafts Garden consists of gently<br />

sloping low-profile reef punctuated by bombies and outcrops 1-2 m high and interspersed<br />

with sandy patches. This site is particularly exposed to ground swell surge and sand<br />

continually being resuspended in the water column, reducing visibility.<br />

Transect Layout<br />

The marker is located within a sand patch. T2 and T1 head to the northeast from the marker,<br />

curving to the east on T1. T3 and T4 head in a southwest direction.<br />

Latest Survey Notes<br />

Article I. Latest survey: 22 March 2009. There was an increase in the<br />

canopy coverage of Phyllospora comosa at this site, with corresponding<br />

declines in smaller thallose red algal abundances. Blacklip abalone Haliotis<br />

rubra increased in abundance. Abundances of N. tetricus were very low at<br />

Krafts Garden during the 2009 survey<br />

Figure A1.7. Site dive transects for Krafts Garden (site 3207), a reference site for Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park.<br />

Table A1.7. Site details for Krafts Garden (site 3207), a reference site for Point Hicks Marine National<br />

Park.<br />

GDA<br />

latitude<br />

GDA<br />

longitude<br />

Zone<br />

MGA<br />

Easting<br />

MGA<br />

Northing<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Ab100 MPA/Ref<br />

-37.79748 149.28785 55 701432 5814189 5 N Ref<br />

A1.7


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Durvillaea Flats – Site 3216<br />

Site Description<br />

Durvillaea Flats is a reference site for Point Hicks Marine National Park. The site is on rocky<br />

reef outcrop on the eastern side of Point Hicks. The gently sloping low-profile reef is<br />

punctuated by bombies and outcrops 1-2 m high and interspersed with sandy patches. There<br />

is strong ground swell surge at this site, with sand continually being resuspended in the<br />

water column, reducing visibility.<br />

Transect Layout<br />

The transects are situated on the inshore side of the reef following the shape of the reef<br />

outcrop. T2 heads north-northeast from the marker and then T1 curves to the west, and T3<br />

and T4 in a west-southwest direction.<br />

Latest Survey Notes<br />

Latest survey: 22 March 2009. Crayweed Phyllospora comosa is the dominant canopy<br />

former. The bull kelp Durvillaea potatorum persisted in shallower, exposed areas of the reef.<br />

The abundance of blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra increased slightly.<br />

Figure A1.8. Site dive transects for Durvillaea (site 3216), a reference site for Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park.<br />

Table A1.8. Site details for Durvillaea (site 3216), a reference site for Point Hicks Marine National<br />

Park.<br />

GDA<br />

latitude<br />

GDA<br />

longitude<br />

Zone<br />

MGA<br />

Easting<br />

MGA<br />

Northing<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Ab100 MPA/Ref<br />

-37.795994 149.28778 55 701430 5814354 4 N Ref<br />

A1.8


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Müller <strong>Reef</strong> – Site 3217<br />

Site Description<br />

Müller <strong>Reef</strong> is a reference site for Point Hicks Marine National Park. Müller <strong>Reef</strong> is rocky reef<br />

with 1-2 m high ridges with gullies in between. Some areas of low-profile reef were also<br />

observed. This site is prone to strong ground surge and high wave action.<br />

Transect Layout<br />

T2 and T1 head in a straight line to the north-northeast from the marker, and T3 and T4 in a<br />

south-southwest direction.<br />

Latest Survey Notes<br />

Latest survey: 22 March 2009. Ecklonia radiata was particularly abundant and was the<br />

dominant canopy former at this site. There were very high densities of feather star<br />

Comanthus trichoptera.<br />

Figure A1.9. Site dive transects for Müller <strong>Reef</strong> (site 3217), a reference site for Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park.<br />

Table A1.9. Site details for Müller <strong>Reef</strong> (site 3217), a reference site for Point Hicks Marine National<br />

Park.<br />

GDA<br />

latitude<br />

GDA<br />

longitude<br />

Zone<br />

MGA<br />

Easting<br />

MGA<br />

Northing<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Ab100 MPA/Ref<br />

-37.78607 149.32244 55 704509 5815380 7 N Ref<br />

A1.9


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Petrel Point – Site 3218<br />

Site Description<br />

Petrel Point is a reference site for Point Hicks Marine National Park. It is situated on rocky<br />

reef with 1-2 m high ridges with gullies in between. Some areas of low-profile reef were also<br />

observed. This site is prone to strong ground surge and high wave action.<br />

Transect Layout<br />

T2 and T1 head in a straight line to the north-northeast from the marker, and T3 and T4 in a<br />

south-southwest direction.<br />

Latest Survey Notes<br />

Latest survey: 22 March 2009. Ecklonia radiata was the dominant canopy former. This<br />

site had very high densities of feather star Comanthus trichoptera. There was a relatively<br />

large decline in the density of common sea urchin Heliocidaris erythrogramma<br />

between 2006 and 2009 at Petrel Point.<br />

Figure A1.10. Site dive transects for Petrel Point (site 3218), a reference site for Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park.<br />

Table A1.10. Site details for Petrel Point (site 3218), a reference site for Point Hicks Marine National<br />

Park.<br />

GDA<br />

latitude<br />

GDA<br />

longitude<br />

Zone<br />

MGA<br />

Easting<br />

MGA<br />

Northing<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Ab100 MPA/Ref<br />

-37.782085 149.38478 55 710011 5815684 8 N Ref<br />

A1.10


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

A1.3 Cape Howe Marine National Park<br />

Howe Perpendicular – Site 3220<br />

Site Description<br />

Howe Perpendicular was situated on low relief reef with 02.m to 0.5 m steps and ridges.<br />

There were areas of flat reef and sand patches. The transect ran perpendicular to shore,<br />

consequently depth ranged from 5 m at the near-shore end to 12 m at the offshore end of the<br />

transect.<br />

Transect Layout<br />

T2 heads in a straight line to the northwest from the marker, and T1 heads slightly west of<br />

north from the end of T2. T3 and T4 head in a southerly direction from the shot.<br />

Latest Survey Notes<br />

This site was not surveyed in 2009.<br />

Figure A1.11. Site dive transects for Howe Perpendicular (site 3220) in Cape Howe Marine National<br />

Park.<br />

Table A1.11. Site details for Howe Perpendicular (site 3220) in Cape Howe Marine National Park.<br />

GDA<br />

latitude<br />

GDA<br />

longitude<br />

Zone<br />

MGA<br />

Easting<br />

MGA<br />

Northing<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Ab100 MPA/Ref<br />

-37.510074 149.97356 55 762829 5844386 10 N MPA<br />

A1.11


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Howe Outer – Site 3227<br />

Site Description<br />

This site was a new site in 2009. Located within the Cape Howe Marine National Park, it is<br />

situated parallel to, and further offshore from, Howe Central (site 3214). These two sites are<br />

approximately 75 m apart. This new site was considerably deeper (10-12 m).<br />

Transect Layout<br />

T2 and T1 head in a straight line to the northeast from the marker, and T3 and T4 in a<br />

southwest direction.<br />

Latest Survey Notes<br />

Latest survey: 5 May 2009. This site had patches of Phyllospora comosa interspersed with<br />

thallose red algae and sand. Crustose coralline algae was abundant. Macroinvertebrate<br />

abundance was low, with the exceptions of moderate densities of urchins Centrostephanus<br />

rodgersii and Blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra, which were abundant on T3 and T4. Fish<br />

species diversity and richness was high.<br />

Table A1.12. Site details for Howe Outer (site 3227) in Cape Howe Marine National Park.<br />

GDA<br />

latitude<br />

GDA<br />

longitude<br />

Zone<br />

MGA<br />

Easting<br />

MGA<br />

Northing<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Ab100 MPA/Ref<br />

-37.50853 149.976.10 55 763059 5844551 14 N MPA<br />

A1.12


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Howe West – Site 3213<br />

Site Description<br />

Howe West was on moderate relief reef with gullies and depressions. Dense beds of<br />

Phyllospora comosa were present on reef tops and there were patches of urchin barren.<br />

Transect Layout<br />

T2 and T1 head in a straight line to the northeast from the marker, and T3 and T4 in a<br />

southwest direction.<br />

Latest Survey Notes<br />

Latest survey: 18 March 2009. There was persistently high abundance of crayweed<br />

Phyllospora comosa. There is considerable shading beneath the canopy of these stands,<br />

which have a high cover of sessile invertebrates on the reef. This site had high fish species<br />

diversity.<br />

Figure A1.12. Site dive transects for Howe West (site 3213) in Cape Howe Marine National Park.<br />

Table A1.13. Site details for Howe West (3213) in Cape Howe Marine National Park.<br />

GDA<br />

latitude<br />

GDA<br />

longitude<br />

Zone<br />

MGA<br />

Easting<br />

MGA<br />

Northing<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Ab100 MPA/Ref<br />

-37.509868 149.97349 55 762823 5844409 7 Y MPA<br />

A1.13


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Howe Central – Site 3214<br />

Site Description<br />

Howe central was on low to moderate relief reef with some gullies and ridges. Dense beds of<br />

Phyllospora comosa were present on reef tops and there were several areas of urchin<br />

barren.<br />

Transect Layout<br />

T2 and T1 head in a straight line to the northeast from the marker, and T3 and T4 in a<br />

southwest direction.<br />

Latest Survey Notes<br />

Latest survey: 18 March 2009. There were persistently high covers of crayweed Phyllospora<br />

comosa. Blacklip abalone H. rubra abundances increased at the Howe Central site between<br />

2006 and 2009. Centrostephanus rodgersii abundances at Howe Central in 2009 were triple<br />

those observed previously. Relatively high densities of eastern blue groper Achoerodus<br />

viridis were observed at Howe Central in 2009. Most of these fishes were small (< 300 mm).<br />

A high number of juvenile banded morwong Cheilodactylus spectabilis observed at Howe<br />

Central in 2009.<br />

Figure A1.13. Site dive transects for Howe Central (site 3214) in Cape Howe Marine National Park.<br />

Table A1.14. Site details for Howe Central (3214) in Cape Howe Marine National Park.<br />

GDA<br />

latitude<br />

GDA<br />

longitude<br />

Zone<br />

MGA<br />

Easting<br />

MGA<br />

Northing<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Ab100 MPA/Ref<br />

-37.507847 149.97609 55 763060 5844626 8 Y MPA<br />

A1.14


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Howe Border – Site 3215<br />

Site Description<br />

There was moderate relief reef, with some larger bombies, holes and drop-offs present at<br />

Howe Border. This site initially had a high cover of crayweed Phyllospora comosa, but in<br />

recent surveys the area and number of urchin barren patches has increased.<br />

Transect Layout<br />

T2 and T1 head in a straight line to the northeast from the marker, and T3 and T4 in a<br />

southwest direction.<br />

Latest Survey Notes<br />

Latest survey: 18 March 2009. There were considerable changes at the Howe Border site.<br />

There was a marked decline in P. comosa cover, reducing from 70% cover in 2001 to 29%<br />

cover in 2009. Blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra decreased in density. Long-spined urchin<br />

Centrostephanus rodgersii density was particularly high at Howe Border, with 265-437 per<br />

200 m 2 . White-ear Parma microlepis and the one-spot puller Chromis hypsilepis were both<br />

abundant in urchin barren patches.<br />

Figure A1.14. Site dive transects for Howe Border (site 3215) in Cape Howe Marine National Park.<br />

Table A1.15. Site details for Howe Border (site 3215) in Cape Howe Marine National Park.<br />

GDA<br />

latitude<br />

GDA<br />

longitude<br />

Zone<br />

MGA<br />

Easting<br />

MGA<br />

Northing<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Ab100 MPA/Ref<br />

-37.507127 149.97857 55 763282 5844699 10 Y MPA<br />

A1.15


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Tullaberga Deep – Site 3208<br />

Site Description<br />

This site was 5-7 m deep and was characterised by moderate to high relief bedrock outcrops<br />

at the southern end, with lower relief rock slabs at the northern end. There were occasional<br />

patches of boulders and rubble, providing interstitial spaces. Much of the Tullaberga site was<br />

sea urchin barren habitat with high abundances of Centrostephanus rodgersii and encrusting<br />

coralline algae. Crayweed Phyllospora comosa was present on occasional boulder tops.<br />

A predominant feature was the high abundance of white ear damselfish Parma microlepis<br />

and one spot puller Chromis hypsilepis.<br />

Transect Layout<br />

T2 and T1 head south from the marker, and T3 and T4 in a northerly direction.<br />

Latest Survey Notes<br />

This site was not surveyed in 2009<br />

Table A1.16. Site details for Tullaberga Deep (site 3208), a reference site for Cape Howe Marine<br />

National Park.<br />

GDA<br />

latitude<br />

GDA<br />

longitude<br />

Zone<br />

MGA<br />

Easting<br />

MGA<br />

Northing<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Ab100 MPA/Ref<br />

-37.557676 149.84232 55 751066 5839462 7 N Ref<br />

A1.16


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Gabo Monument – Site 3210<br />

Site Description<br />

Gabo Monument site (near the pump house) was all sea urchin barren on a substratum of<br />

large granite boulders with a large amount of interstitial space. Small Phyllospora comosa<br />

clumps were present on the tops of occasional large boulders.<br />

Transect Layout<br />

T2 and T1 head in a straight line to the south-southwest from the marker, and T3 and T4 in a<br />

northwest direction.<br />

Latest Survey Notes<br />

This site was not surveyed in 2009<br />

Figure A1.15. Site dive transects for Gabo Monument (site 3210), a reference site for Cape Howe<br />

Marine National Park.<br />

Table A1.17. Site details for Gabo Monument (site 3210), a reference site for Cape Howe Marine<br />

National Park.<br />

GDA<br />

latitude<br />

GDA<br />

longitude<br />

Zone<br />

MGA<br />

Easting<br />

MGA<br />

Northing<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Ab100 MPA/Ref<br />

-37.564001 149.90485 55 756569 5838591 6 N Ref<br />

A1.17


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Gabo Harbour – Site 3211<br />

Site Description<br />

A non-SRMP site, Site 11 Gabo Harbour, was resurveyed opportunistically during the 2009<br />

survey, being previously surveyed in 2001. This site was shallow and protected from swell. It<br />

was all urchin barren on granite boulder reef.<br />

Transect Layout<br />

T2 and T1 head in a straight line to the south-southwest from the marker, and T3 and T4 in a<br />

northwest direction.<br />

Latest Survey Notes<br />

Latest survey: 24 March 2009. Macroalgae cover was very low, as the site was<br />

predominantly urchin barren. Long spined urchins Centrostephanus rodgersii was the most<br />

abundant macroinvertebrate. Some pencil urchins Phyllacanthus parvispinus were also<br />

present. White ear damselfish Parma microlepis eastern hulafish Trachinops taeniatus and<br />

one spot puller Chromis hypsilepis were all abundant. Eastern blue groper Achoerodus viridis<br />

were also relatively abundant at the Gabo Harbour site.<br />

Figure A1.16. Site dive transects for Gabo Harbour (site 3211), a reference site for Cape Howe<br />

Marine National Park.<br />

Table A1.18. Site details for Gabo Harbour (site 3211), a reference site for Cape Howe Marine<br />

National Park.<br />

GDA<br />

latitude<br />

GDA<br />

longitude<br />

Zone<br />

MGA<br />

Easting<br />

MGA<br />

Northing<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Ab100 MPA/Ref<br />

-37.5556 149.9076 55 756844 5839511 5 N Ref<br />

A1.18


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Gabo NE Gulch – Site 3225<br />

Site Description<br />

This site was a new site in 2009 and is a reference site for Cape Howe Marine National Park.<br />

It is located on the eastern side of Gabo Island.<br />

The substratum at is site consisted of a steep drop-off from the shore to 7 m depth with<br />

boulder fields, rocky outcrops and steps at the base. At the end of transect 4 there were<br />

patches of urchin barren.<br />

Transect Layout<br />

The transect ran parallel to shore. T2 and T1 headed in a straight line to the northwest from<br />

the marker, and T3 and T4 in a southeast direction, finishing just past a steep dropoff.<br />

Latest Survey Notes<br />

Latest survey: 23 March 2009. The site is dominated by a mixture of Phyllospora comosa,<br />

Acrocarpia paniculata, smaller brown algae such as Halopteris and Zonaria spp., erect<br />

coralline algae and crustose coralline algae. This site has a high density of Centrostephanus<br />

rodgersii, particularly at the T4 end of the transect. Fish species richness was high and there<br />

were relatively high abundances of wrasses, including senator wrasse Pictalabrus laticlavius.<br />

Table A1.19. Site details for Gabo NE Gulch (site 3225), a reference site for Cape Howe Marine<br />

National Park.<br />

GDA<br />

latitude<br />

GDA<br />

longitude<br />

Zone<br />

MGA<br />

Easting<br />

MGA<br />

Northing<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Ab100 MPA/Ref<br />

-37.5532 149.912 55 757234 5839776 7 N Ref<br />

A1.19


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Gabo Boulder Bay – Site 3226<br />

Site Description<br />

This site was a new site in 2009 and is a reference site for Cape Howe Marine National Park.<br />

It is located on the eastern side of Gabo Island.<br />

Similar to Gabo NE Gulch (site 3225), it is dominated by a mixture of Phyllospora comosa,<br />

Acrocarpia paniculata, smaller brown algae, erect coralline algae and crustose coralline<br />

algae. The substratum consisted of steep dropoffs from the shore with boulder fields and<br />

rocky outcrops.<br />

Transect Layout<br />

T2 and T1 curved parallel to shore, from north at the marker to northwest at the end of T1.<br />

and T3 and T4 headed in a southerly direction.<br />

Latest Survey Notes<br />

Latest survey 24 March 2009. Similar to Gabo NE Gulch (site 3225), it is dominated by a<br />

mixture of Phyllospora comosa, Acrocarpia paniculata, smaller brown algae, erect coralline<br />

algae and crustose coralline algae. Blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra were relatively abundant,<br />

as were banded morwong Cheilodactylus spectabilis.<br />

Table A1.20. Site details for Gabo Boulder Bay (site 3226), a reference site for Cape Howe Marine<br />

National Park.<br />

GDA<br />

latitude<br />

GDA<br />

longitude<br />

Zone<br />

MGA<br />

Easting<br />

MGA<br />

Northing<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Ab100 MPA/Ref<br />

-37.564 149.9179 55 757722 5838557 9 N Ref<br />

A1.20


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Iron Prince West – Site 3212<br />

Site Description<br />

Larger boulders of moderate relief (1-2 m) with patches of relatively flat, slab reef.<br />

Occasional steps/ledges, dropoffs/wall and cavern habitat are also present. The Iron Prince<br />

sites are dominated by a tall canopy of Phyllospora comosa.<br />

Transect Layout<br />

T2 heads east from the marker, with T1 curving northeast from the end of T2. T3 and T4<br />

head in a southwest direction.<br />

Latest Survey Notes<br />

Latest survey: 23 March 2009. This site had a canopy of Phyllosora comosa. There was an<br />

increase in invertebrate diversity at Iron Prince West between 2006 and 2009. The trumpet<br />

shell Cabestana spengleri decreased in abundance. Red bait crabs Plagusia chabrus were<br />

persistently higher abundances of at Iron Prince West compared with other sites.<br />

Figure A1.21. Site dive transects for Iron Prince West (site 3212), a reference site for Cape Howe<br />

Marine National Park.<br />

Table A1.21. Site details for Iron Prince West (site 3212), a reference site for Cape Howe Marine<br />

National Park.<br />

GDA<br />

latitude<br />

GDA<br />

longitude<br />

Zone<br />

MGA<br />

Easting<br />

MGA<br />

Northing<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Ab100 MPA/Ref<br />

-37.519333 149.96295 55 761858 5843388 5 Y Ref<br />

A1.21


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Prince Wreck – Site 3219<br />

Site Description<br />

Larger boulders of moderate relief (1-2 m) with patches of relatively flat, slab reef.<br />

Occasional steps/ledges, dropoffs/wall and cavern habitat are also present. The Iron Prince<br />

sites are dominated by a tall canopy of Phyllospora comosa.<br />

Transect Layout<br />

T2 and T1 head in a straight line to the northwest from the marker, and T3 and T4 in a<br />

southeast direction.<br />

Latest Survey Notes<br />

Latest survey: 23 March 2009. This site had a tall canopy of crayweed Phyllospora comosa.<br />

There was a decrease in the abundance of trumpet shell Cabestana spengleri, and<br />

persistent moderately high abundances of dogwhelk Dicathais orbita at Iron Prince Wreck.<br />

This site had high fish abundance and richness. Purple wrasse N. fucicola had increased in<br />

abundance and herring cale Odax cyanomelas have been persistently high. Stripey mado<br />

Atypichthys strigatus are also relatively very abundant.<br />

Figure A1.22. Site dive transects for Prince Wreck (site 3219), a reference site for Cape Howe Marine<br />

National Park.<br />

Table A1.22. Site details for Prince Wreck (site 3219), a reference site for Cape Howe Marine National<br />

Park.<br />

GDA<br />

latitude<br />

GDA<br />

longitude<br />

Zone<br />

MGA<br />

Easting<br />

MGA<br />

Northing<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Ab100 MPA/Ref<br />

-37.52067 149.96428 55 761971 5843236 6 N Ref<br />

A1.22


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

APPENDIX 2<br />

A2. Site Data<br />

A2.1 Regional Community Analysis<br />

Macroalgae<br />

Species Richness<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3223<br />

Algae Species Richness<br />

a. Beware MS<br />

0<br />

Species Richness<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3224<br />

b. Beware Refs<br />

0<br />

Species Richness<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3204<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3221<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3222<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3206<br />

c. Hicks MNP<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

Species Richness<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3207<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3216<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3217<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3218<br />

d. Hicks Refs<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

Species Richness<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3227<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3213<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3214<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3215<br />

e. Howe MNP<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

Species Richness<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3225<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3226<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3212<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3219<br />

f. Howe Refs<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.1. Seaweed species richness index for monitoring sites in the Twofold Shelf<br />

bioregion.<br />

A2.1


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

10<br />

8<br />

3223<br />

Algae Species Diversity<br />

a. Beware MS<br />

Hills N2<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3224<br />

b. Beware Refs<br />

Hills N2<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3204<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3221<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3222<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3206<br />

c. Hicks MNP<br />

Hills N2<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3207<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3216<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3217<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3218<br />

d. Hicks Refs<br />

Hills N2<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3227<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3213<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3214<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3215<br />

e. Howe MNP<br />

Hills N2<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3225<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3226<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3212<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3219<br />

f. Howe Refs<br />

Hills N2<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.2. Seaweed species diversity index (Hill’s N 2 ) for monitoring sites in the<br />

Twofold Shelf bioregion.<br />

A2.2


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Invertebrates<br />

Species Richness<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3223<br />

Invertebrate Species Richness<br />

a. Beware MS<br />

0<br />

Species Richness<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3224<br />

b. Beware Refs<br />

0<br />

Species Richness<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3204<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3221<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3222<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3206<br />

c. Hicks MNP<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

Species Richness<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3207<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3216<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3217<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3218<br />

d. Hicks Refs<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

Species Richness<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3227<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3213<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3214<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3215<br />

e. Howe MNP<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

Species Richness<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3225<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3226<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3212<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3219<br />

f. Howe Refs<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.3. Invertebrate species richness index for monitoring sites in the Twofold Shelf<br />

bioregion.<br />

A2.3


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

8<br />

6<br />

3223<br />

Invertebrate Species Diversity<br />

a. Beware MS<br />

Hills N2<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

8<br />

6<br />

3224<br />

b. Beware Refs<br />

Hills N2<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

8<br />

6<br />

3204<br />

8<br />

6<br />

3221<br />

8<br />

6<br />

3222<br />

8<br />

6<br />

3206<br />

c. Hicks MNP<br />

Hills N2<br />

4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

8<br />

6<br />

3207<br />

8<br />

6<br />

3216<br />

8<br />

6<br />

3217<br />

8<br />

6<br />

3218<br />

d. Hicks Refs<br />

Hills N2<br />

4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

8<br />

6<br />

3227<br />

8<br />

6<br />

3213<br />

8<br />

6<br />

3214<br />

8<br />

6<br />

3215<br />

e. Howe MNP<br />

Hills N2<br />

4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

8<br />

6<br />

3225<br />

8<br />

6<br />

3226<br />

8<br />

6<br />

3212<br />

8<br />

6<br />

3219<br />

f. Howe Refs<br />

Hills N2<br />

4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.4. Invertebrate species diversity index (Hill’s N 2 ) for monitoring sites in the<br />

Twofold Shelf bioregion.<br />

A2.4


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Fish<br />

Species Richness<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3223<br />

Fish Species Richness<br />

a. Beware MS<br />

0<br />

Species Richness<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3224<br />

b. Beware Refs<br />

0<br />

Species Richness<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3204<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3221<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3222<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3206<br />

c. Hicks MNP<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

Species Richness<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3207<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3216<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3217<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3218<br />

d. Hicks Refs<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

Species Richness<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3227<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3213<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3214<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3215<br />

e. Howe MNP<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

Species Richness<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3225<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3226<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3212<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3219<br />

f. Howe Refs<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.5. Fish species richness index for monitoring sites in the Twofold Shelf<br />

bioregion.<br />

A2.5


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

10<br />

8<br />

3223<br />

Fish Species Diversity<br />

a. Beware MS<br />

Hills N2<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3224<br />

b. Beware Refs<br />

Hills N2<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3204<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3221<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3222<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3206<br />

c. Hicks MNP<br />

Hills N2<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3207<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3216<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3217<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3218<br />

d. Hicks Refs<br />

Hills N2<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3227<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3213<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3214<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3215<br />

e. Howe MNP<br />

Hills N2<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3225<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3226<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3212<br />

10<br />

8<br />

3219<br />

f. Howe Refs<br />

Hills N2<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.6. Fish species diversity index (Hill’s N 2 ) for monitoring sites in the Twofold<br />

Shelf bioregion.<br />

A2.6


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

A2.2 Point Hicks Marine National Park<br />

Macroalgae<br />

Phyllospora comosa<br />

Percent Cover<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3204<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3221<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3222<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3206<br />

a. MNP<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

Percent Cover<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3207<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3216<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3217<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3218<br />

b. Refs<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.7 Site abundances (percent cover) of crayweed Phyllospora comosa at Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites. Sites: (3204) Old Jetty Bay; (3221) Hicks Southwest; (3222) Hicks<br />

Joggle; (3206) Hicks Lighthouse; (3207) Krafts Garden; (3216) Durvillaea Flats; (3217) Muller <strong>Reef</strong>;<br />

and (3218) Petrel Point.<br />

Ecklonia radiata<br />

Percent Cover<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3204<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3221<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3222<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3206<br />

a. MNP<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

Percent Cover<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3207<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3216<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3217<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3218<br />

b. Refs<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.8 Site abundances (percent cover) of common kelp Ecklonia at Point Hicks Marine National<br />

Park and reference sites. Sites: (3204) Old Jetty Bay; (3221) Hicks Southwest; (3222) Hicks Joggle;<br />

(3206) Hicks Lighthouse; (3207) Krafts Garden; (3216) Durvillaea Flats; (3217) Muller <strong>Reef</strong>; and<br />

(3218) Petrel Point.<br />

A2.7


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Cystophora moniliformis<br />

15<br />

3204<br />

15<br />

3221<br />

15<br />

3222<br />

15<br />

3206<br />

a. MNP<br />

Percent Cover<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

15<br />

3207<br />

15<br />

3216<br />

15<br />

3217<br />

15<br />

3218<br />

b. Refs<br />

Percent Cover<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.9. Site abundances (percent cover) of brown strapweed Cystophora moniliformis at Point<br />

Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites. Sites: (3204) Old Jetty Bay; (3221) Hicks Southwest;<br />

(3222) Hicks Joggle; (3206) Hicks Lighthouse; (3207) Krafts Garden; (3216) Durvillaea Flats; (3217)<br />

Muller <strong>Reef</strong>; and (3218) Petrel Point.<br />

Rhodymenia linearis<br />

15<br />

3204<br />

15<br />

3221<br />

15<br />

3222<br />

15<br />

3206<br />

a. MNP<br />

Percent Cover<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

15<br />

3207<br />

15<br />

3216<br />

15<br />

3217<br />

15<br />

3218<br />

b. Refs<br />

Percent Cover<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.10. Site abundances (percent cover) of red understorey alga Rhodymenia linearis at Point<br />

Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites Sites: (3204) Old Jetty Bay; (3221) Hicks Southwest;<br />

(3222) Hicks Joggle; (3206) Hicks Lighthouse; (3207) Krafts Garden; (3216) Durvillaea Flats; (3217)<br />

Muller <strong>Reef</strong>; and (3218) Petrel Point.<br />

A2.8


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Crustose Coralline Algae<br />

15<br />

3204<br />

15<br />

3221<br />

15<br />

3222<br />

15<br />

3206<br />

a. MNP<br />

Percent Cover<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

15<br />

3207<br />

15<br />

3216<br />

15<br />

3217<br />

15<br />

3218<br />

b. Refs<br />

Percent Cover<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.11. Site abundances (percent cover) of crustose coralline algae at Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites Sites: (3204) Old Jetty Bay; (3221) Hicks Southwest; (3222) Hicks<br />

Joggle; (3206) Hicks Lighthouse; (3207) Krafts Garden; (3216) Durvillaea Flats; (3217) Muller <strong>Reef</strong>;<br />

and (3218) Petrel Point.<br />

M. angustifolia<br />

A. paniculata<br />

D. potatorum<br />

10<br />

3204<br />

5<br />

3204<br />

5<br />

3216<br />

Percent Cover<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.12. Abundances (percent cover) of seaweeds of interest at predominant sites at Point Hicks<br />

Marine National Park and reference sites: string kelp Macrocystis angustifolia; wiry brown weed<br />

Acrocarpia paniculata; and bull kelp Durvillaea potatorum. Sites: (3204) Old Jetty Bay; and (3216)<br />

Durvillaea Flats.<br />

A2.9


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Invertebrates<br />

Comanthus trichoptera<br />

250<br />

200<br />

3204<br />

250<br />

200<br />

3221<br />

250<br />

200<br />

3222<br />

250<br />

200<br />

3206<br />

a. MNP<br />

Density<br />

150<br />

100<br />

150<br />

100<br />

150<br />

100<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

50<br />

50<br />

50<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

Density<br />

250<br />

200<br />

150<br />

100<br />

3207<br />

250<br />

200<br />

150<br />

100<br />

3216<br />

5000<br />

4000<br />

3000<br />

2000<br />

3217<br />

2000<br />

1500<br />

1000<br />

3218<br />

b. Refs<br />

50<br />

50<br />

1000<br />

500<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.13. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of the feather star Comanthus trichoptera at Point Hicks<br />

Marine National Park and reference sites. Note scale changes for Sites 17 and 18. Sites: (3204) Old<br />

Jetty Bay; (3221) Hicks Southwest; (3222) Hicks Joggle; (3206) Hicks Lighthouse; (3207) Krafts<br />

Garden; (3216) Durvillaea Flats; (3217) Muller <strong>Reef</strong>; and (3218) Petrel Point.<br />

Meridiastra calcar<br />

2600<br />

1950<br />

3204<br />

2600<br />

1950<br />

3221<br />

2600<br />

1950<br />

3222<br />

2600<br />

1950<br />

3206<br />

a. MNP<br />

Density<br />

1300<br />

1300<br />

1300<br />

1300<br />

650<br />

650<br />

650<br />

650<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

2600<br />

1950<br />

3207<br />

2600<br />

1950<br />

3216<br />

2600<br />

1950<br />

3217<br />

2600<br />

1950<br />

3218<br />

b. Refs<br />

Density<br />

1300<br />

1300<br />

1300<br />

1300<br />

650<br />

650<br />

650<br />

650<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.14. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of the seastar Meridiastra calcar at Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites. Sites: (3204) Old Jetty Bay; (3221) Hicks Southwest; (3222) Hicks<br />

Joggle; (3206) Hicks Lighthouse; (3207) Krafts Garden; (3216) Durvillaea Flats; (3217) Muller <strong>Reef</strong>;<br />

and (3218) Petrel Point.<br />

A2.10


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Cabestana spengleri<br />

220<br />

165<br />

3204<br />

220<br />

165<br />

3221<br />

220<br />

165<br />

3222<br />

220<br />

165<br />

3206<br />

a. MNP<br />

Density<br />

110<br />

110<br />

110<br />

110<br />

55<br />

55<br />

55<br />

55<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

220<br />

165<br />

3207<br />

220<br />

165<br />

3216<br />

220<br />

165<br />

3217<br />

220<br />

165<br />

3218<br />

b. Refs<br />

Density<br />

110<br />

110<br />

110<br />

110<br />

55<br />

55<br />

55<br />

55<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.15. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of the trumpet shell Cabestana at Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites. Sites: (3204) Old Jetty Bay; (3221) Hicks Southwest; (3222) Hicks<br />

Joggle; (3206) Hicks Lighthouse; (3207) Krafts Garden; (3216) Durvillaea Flats; (3217) Muller <strong>Reef</strong>;<br />

and (3218) Petrel Point.<br />

Haliotis rubra<br />

120<br />

3204<br />

120<br />

3221<br />

120<br />

3222<br />

120<br />

3206<br />

a. MNP<br />

Density<br />

80<br />

40<br />

80<br />

40<br />

80<br />

40<br />

80<br />

40<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

120<br />

3207<br />

120<br />

3216<br />

120<br />

3217<br />

120<br />

3218<br />

b. Refs<br />

Density<br />

80<br />

40<br />

80<br />

40<br />

80<br />

40<br />

80<br />

40<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.16. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra at Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites. Sites: (3204) Old Jetty Bay; (3221) Hicks Southwest; (3222) Hicks<br />

Joggle; (3206) Hicks Lighthouse; (3207) Krafts Garden; (3216) Durvillaea Flats; (3217) Muller <strong>Reef</strong>;<br />

and (3218) Petrel Point.<br />

A2.11


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Sizes<br />

Haliotis rubra<br />

Length (mm)<br />

180<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

3204<br />

180<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

3221<br />

180<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

3222<br />

180<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

3206<br />

a. MNP<br />

Length (mm)<br />

80<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

180<br />

3207<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

180<br />

3216<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

180<br />

3217<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

180<br />

3218<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

b. Refs<br />

80<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

80<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

80<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

80<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.17. Median sizes (mm ± 25%iles) of blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra at Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites. Sites: (3204) Old Jetty Bay; (3221) Hicks Southwest; (3222) Hicks<br />

Joggle; (3206) Hicks Lighthouse; (3207) Krafts Garden; (3216) Durvillaea Flats; (3217) Muller <strong>Reef</strong>;<br />

and (3218) Petrel Point.<br />

Heliocidaris erythrogramma<br />

120<br />

3204<br />

120<br />

3221<br />

120<br />

3222<br />

120<br />

3206<br />

a. MNP<br />

Density<br />

80<br />

40<br />

80<br />

40<br />

80<br />

40<br />

80<br />

40<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

120<br />

3207<br />

120<br />

3216<br />

120<br />

3217<br />

120<br />

3218<br />

b. Refs<br />

Density<br />

80<br />

40<br />

80<br />

40<br />

80<br />

40<br />

80<br />

40<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.18. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of the common sea urchin Heliocidaris at Point Hicks<br />

Marine National Park and reference sites. Sites: (3204) Old Jetty Bay; (3221) Hicks Southwest; (3222)<br />

Hicks Joggle; (3206) Hicks Lighthouse; (3207) Krafts Garden; (3216) Durvillaea Flats; (3217) Muller<br />

<strong>Reef</strong>; and (3218) Petrel Point.<br />

A2.12


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Plagusia chabrus<br />

30<br />

3204<br />

30<br />

3221<br />

30<br />

3222<br />

30<br />

3206<br />

a. MNP<br />

Density<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

30<br />

3207<br />

30<br />

3216<br />

30<br />

3217<br />

30<br />

3218<br />

b. Refs<br />

Density<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.19. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of the red bait crab Plagusia chabrus at Point Hicks<br />

Marine National Park and reference sites. Sites: (3204) Old Jetty Bay; (3221) Hicks Southwest; (3222)<br />

Hicks Joggle; (3206) Hicks Lighthouse; (3207) Krafts Garden; (3216) Durvillaea Flats; (3217) Muller<br />

<strong>Reef</strong>; and (3218) Petrel Point.<br />

Centrostephanus rodgersii<br />

100<br />

3222<br />

100<br />

3206<br />

100<br />

3217<br />

100<br />

3218<br />

80<br />

80<br />

80<br />

80<br />

Density<br />

60<br />

40<br />

60<br />

40<br />

60<br />

40<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

Figure A2.20. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of the long spined sea urchin Centrostephanus rodgersii<br />

at Point Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites. Sites: (3222) Hicks Joggle; (3206) Hicks<br />

Lighthouse; (3217) Muller <strong>Reef</strong>; and (3218) Petrel Point.<br />

Turbo undulatus<br />

40<br />

3204<br />

40<br />

3206<br />

40<br />

3207<br />

40<br />

3216<br />

30<br />

30<br />

30<br />

30<br />

Density<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

10<br />

10<br />

10<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

Figure A2.21. Site abundances (per 200 m 2 ) of the turban shell Turbo undulatus at Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites. Sites: (3204) Old Jetty Bay; (3206) Hicks Lighthouse; (3207) Krafts<br />

Garden; and (3216) Durvillaea Flats.<br />

A2.13


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Fish<br />

Notolabrus tetricus<br />

50<br />

40<br />

3204<br />

50<br />

40<br />

3221<br />

50<br />

40<br />

3222<br />

50<br />

40<br />

3206<br />

a. MNP<br />

Density<br />

30<br />

20<br />

30<br />

20<br />

30<br />

20<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

10<br />

10<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

50<br />

40<br />

3207<br />

50<br />

40<br />

3216<br />

50<br />

40<br />

3217<br />

50<br />

40<br />

3218<br />

b. Refs<br />

Density<br />

30<br />

20<br />

30<br />

20<br />

30<br />

20<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

10<br />

10<br />

10<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.22. Site abundances (per 2000 m 2 ) of blue throated wrasse Notolabrus tetricus at Point<br />

Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites. Sites: (3204) Old Jetty Bay; (3221) Hicks Southwest;<br />

(3222) Hicks Joggle; (3206) Hicks Lighthouse; (3207) Krafts Garden; (3216) Durvillaea Flats; (3217)<br />

Muller <strong>Reef</strong>; and (3218) Petrel Point.<br />

Notolabrus fucicola<br />

120<br />

3204<br />

120<br />

3221<br />

120<br />

3222<br />

120<br />

3206<br />

a. MNP<br />

Density<br />

80<br />

40<br />

80<br />

40<br />

80<br />

40<br />

80<br />

40<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

120<br />

3207<br />

120<br />

3216<br />

120<br />

3217<br />

120<br />

3218<br />

b. Refs<br />

Density<br />

80<br />

40<br />

80<br />

40<br />

80<br />

40<br />

80<br />

40<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.23. Site abundances (per 2000 m 2 ) of purple wrasse Notolabrus fucicola at Point Hicks<br />

Marine National Park and reference sites. Sites: (3204) Old Jetty Bay; (3221) Hicks Southwest; (3222)<br />

Hicks Joggle; (3206) Hicks Lighthouse; (3207) Krafts Garden; (3216) Durvillaea Flats; (3217) Muller<br />

<strong>Reef</strong>; and (3218) Petrel Point.<br />

A2.14


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Odax cyanomelas<br />

30<br />

3204<br />

30<br />

3221<br />

30<br />

3222<br />

30<br />

3206<br />

a. MNP<br />

Density<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

30<br />

3207<br />

30<br />

3216<br />

30<br />

3217<br />

30<br />

3218<br />

b. Refs<br />

Density<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.24. Site abundances (per 2000 m 2 ) of herring cale Odax cyanomelas at Point Hicks Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites. Sites: (3204) Old Jetty Bay; (3221) Hicks Southwest; (3222) Hicks<br />

Joggle; (3206) Hicks Lighthouse; (3207) Krafts Garden; (3216) Durvillaea Flats; (3217) Muller <strong>Reef</strong>;<br />

and (3218) Petrel Point.<br />

Cheilodactylus spectabilis<br />

40<br />

30<br />

3204<br />

40<br />

30<br />

3221<br />

40<br />

30<br />

3222<br />

40<br />

30<br />

3206<br />

a. MNP<br />

Density<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

10<br />

10<br />

10<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

40<br />

30<br />

3207<br />

40<br />

30<br />

3216<br />

40<br />

30<br />

3217<br />

40<br />

30<br />

3218<br />

b. Refs<br />

Density<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

10<br />

10<br />

10<br />

10<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.25. Site abundances (per 2000 m 2 ) of banded morwong Cheilodactylus spectabilis at Point<br />

Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites. Sites: (3204) Old Jetty Bay; (3221) Hicks Southwest;<br />

(3222) Hicks Joggle; (3206) Hicks Lighthouse; (3207) Krafts Garden; (3216) Durvillaea Flats; (3217)<br />

Muller <strong>Reef</strong>; and (3218) Petrel Point.<br />

A2.15


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Aplodactylus lophodon<br />

25<br />

20<br />

3204<br />

25<br />

20<br />

3221<br />

25<br />

20<br />

3222<br />

25<br />

20<br />

3206<br />

a. MNP<br />

Density<br />

15<br />

10<br />

15<br />

10<br />

15<br />

10<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

5<br />

5<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

25<br />

20<br />

3207<br />

25<br />

20<br />

3216<br />

25<br />

20<br />

3217<br />

25<br />

20<br />

3218<br />

b. Refs<br />

Density<br />

15<br />

10<br />

15<br />

10<br />

15<br />

10<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

5<br />

5<br />

5<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.26. Site abundances (per 2000 m 2 ) of eastern kelpfish Aplodactylus lophodon at Point<br />

Hicks Marine National Park and reference sites. Sites: (3204) Old Jetty Bay; (3221) Hicks Southwest;<br />

(3222) Hicks Joggle; (3206) Hicks Lighthouse; (3207) Krafts Garden; (3216) Durvillaea Flats; (3217)<br />

Muller <strong>Reef</strong>; and (3218) Petrel Point.<br />

A2.16


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

A2.3 Cape Howe Marine National Park<br />

Macroalgae<br />

Phyllospora comosa<br />

Percent Cover<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3227<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3213<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3214<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3215<br />

a. MNP<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

Percent Cover<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3225<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3226<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3212<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

3219<br />

b. Refs<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.27. Percent cover of crayweed Phyllospora comosa at Cape Howe Marine National<br />

Park and reference sites. Sites are Howe Offshore (3227), Howe West (3213), Howe Central<br />

(3214), Howe Border (3215), Gabo Gulch (3225), Gabo Boulder Bay (3226), Iron Prince West<br />

(3212) and Prince Wreck (3219).<br />

Crustose Coralline Algae<br />

Percent Cover<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3227<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3213<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3214<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3215<br />

a. MNP<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

Percent Cover<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3225<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3226<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3212<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

3219<br />

b. Refs<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.28. Percent cover of crustose coralline algae at Cape Howe Marine National Park<br />

and reference sites. Sites are Howe Offshore (3227), Howe West (3213), Howe Central (3214),<br />

Howe Border (3215), Gabo Gulch (3225), Gabo Boulder Bay (3226), Iron Prince West (3212)<br />

and Prince Wreck (3219).<br />

A2.17


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Halopteris<br />

Percent Cover<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3227<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3213<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3214<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3215<br />

a. MNP<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

Percent Cover<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3225<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3226<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3212<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3219<br />

b. Refs<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.29. Percent cover of small brown algae Halopteris spp. at Cape Howe Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites. Sites are Howe Offshore (3227), Howe West (3213), Howe<br />

Central (3214), Howe Border (3215), Gabo Gulch (3225), Gabo Boulder Bay (3226), Iron Prince<br />

West (3212) and Prince Wreck (3219).<br />

Haliptilon roseum<br />

15<br />

3227<br />

15<br />

3213<br />

15<br />

3214<br />

15<br />

3215<br />

a. MNP<br />

Percent Cover<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

15<br />

3225<br />

15<br />

3226<br />

15<br />

3212<br />

15<br />

3219<br />

b. Refs<br />

Percent Cover<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.30. Percent cover of small brown algae Halopteris spp. at Cape Howe Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites. Sites are Howe Offshore (3227), Howe West (3213), Howe<br />

Central (3214), Howe Border (3215), Gabo Gulch (3225), Gabo Boulder Bay (3226), Iron Prince<br />

West (3212) and Prince Wreck (3219).<br />

A2.18


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Invertebrates<br />

Centrostephanus rodgersii<br />

450<br />

360<br />

3227<br />

450<br />

360<br />

3213<br />

450<br />

360<br />

3214<br />

450<br />

360<br />

3215<br />

a. MNP<br />

Density<br />

270<br />

180<br />

270<br />

180<br />

270<br />

180<br />

270<br />

180<br />

90<br />

90<br />

90<br />

90<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

450<br />

360<br />

3225<br />

450<br />

360<br />

3226<br />

450<br />

360<br />

3212<br />

450<br />

360<br />

3219<br />

b. Refs<br />

Density<br />

270<br />

180<br />

270<br />

180<br />

270<br />

180<br />

270<br />

180<br />

90<br />

90<br />

90<br />

90<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.31. Abundance (individuals per 200 m 2 ) of long spined sea urchin Centrostephanus<br />

rodgersii in the vicinity of Cape Howe Marine National Park and reference sites. Sites are Howe<br />

Offshore (3227), Howe West (3213), Howe Central (3214), Howe Border (3215), Gabo Gulch<br />

(3225), Gabo Boulder Bay (3226), Iron Prince West (3212) and Prince Wreck (3219).<br />

Turbo undulatus<br />

400<br />

300<br />

3227<br />

400<br />

300<br />

3213<br />

400<br />

300<br />

3214<br />

400<br />

300<br />

3215<br />

a. MNP<br />

Density<br />

200<br />

200<br />

200<br />

200<br />

100<br />

100<br />

100<br />

100<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

400<br />

300<br />

3225<br />

400<br />

300<br />

3226<br />

400<br />

300<br />

3212<br />

400<br />

300<br />

3219<br />

b. Refs<br />

Density<br />

200<br />

200<br />

200<br />

200<br />

100<br />

100<br />

100<br />

100<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.32. Abundance (individuals per 200 m 2 ) of turban shell Turbo undulatus at Cape<br />

Howe Marine National Park and reference sites. Sites are Howe Offshore (3227), Howe West<br />

(3213), Howe Central (3214), Howe Border (3215), Gabo Gulch (3225), Gabo Boulder Bay<br />

(3226), Iron Prince West (3212) and Prince Wreck (3219).<br />

A2.19


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Haliotis rubra<br />

200<br />

150<br />

3227<br />

200<br />

150<br />

3213<br />

200<br />

150<br />

3214<br />

200<br />

150<br />

3215<br />

a. MNP<br />

Density<br />

100<br />

100<br />

100<br />

100<br />

50<br />

50<br />

50<br />

50<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

200<br />

150<br />

3225<br />

200<br />

150<br />

3226<br />

200<br />

150<br />

3212<br />

200<br />

150<br />

3219<br />

b. Refs<br />

Density<br />

100<br />

100<br />

100<br />

100<br />

50<br />

50<br />

50<br />

50<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.33. Abundance (individuals per 200 m 2 ) of blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra at Cape<br />

Howe Marine National Park and reference sites. Sites are Howe Offshore (3227), Howe West<br />

(3213), Howe Central (3214), Howe Border (3215), Gabo Gulch (3225), Gabo Boulder Bay<br />

(3226), Iron Prince West (3212) and Prince Wreck (3219).<br />

Sizes<br />

Haliotis rubra<br />

Length (mm)<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3220<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3213<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3214<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3215<br />

a. MNP<br />

Length (mm)<br />

60<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

160<br />

3225<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

160<br />

3226<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

160<br />

3212<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

160<br />

3219<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

b. Refs<br />

60<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

60<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

60<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

60<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.34 Median sizes (mm ± 25%iles) of blacklip abalone Haliotis rubra at Cape Howe<br />

Marine National Park and reference sites. Sites are Howe Offshore (3227), Howe West (3213),<br />

Howe Central (3214), Howe Border (3215), Gabo Gulch (3225), Gabo Boulder Bay (3226), Iron<br />

Prince West (3212) and Prince Wreck (3219).<br />

A2.20


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Heliocidaris erythrogramma<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3227<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3213<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3214<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3215<br />

a. MNP<br />

Density<br />

60<br />

40<br />

60<br />

40<br />

60<br />

40<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3225<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3226<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3212<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3219<br />

b. Refs<br />

Density<br />

60<br />

40<br />

60<br />

40<br />

60<br />

40<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.35. Abundance (individuals per 200 m 2 ) of common sea urchin Heliocidaris<br />

erythrogramma at Cape Howe Marine National Park and reference sites. Sites are Howe<br />

Offshore (3227), Howe West (3213), Howe Central (3214), Howe Border (3215), Gabo Gulch<br />

(3225), Gabo Boulder Bay (3226), Iron Prince West (3212) and Prince Wreck (3219).<br />

Cabestana spengleri<br />

50<br />

40<br />

3227<br />

50<br />

40<br />

3213<br />

50<br />

40<br />

3214<br />

50<br />

40<br />

3215<br />

a. MNP<br />

Density<br />

30<br />

20<br />

30<br />

20<br />

30<br />

20<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

10<br />

10<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

50<br />

40<br />

3225<br />

50<br />

40<br />

3226<br />

50<br />

40<br />

3212<br />

50<br />

40<br />

3219<br />

b. Refs<br />

Density<br />

30<br />

20<br />

30<br />

20<br />

30<br />

20<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

10<br />

10<br />

10<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.36. Abundance (individuals per 200 m 2 ) of trumpet shell Cabestana spengleri at<br />

Cape Howe Marine National Park and reference sites. Sites are Howe Offshore (3227), Howe<br />

West (3213), Howe Central (3214), Howe Border (3215), Gabo Gulch (3225), Gabo Boulder<br />

Bay (3226), Iron Prince West (3212) and Prince Wreck (3219).<br />

A2.21


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Fish<br />

Notolabrus tetricus<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3227<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3213<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3214<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3215<br />

a. MNP<br />

Density<br />

60<br />

40<br />

60<br />

40<br />

60<br />

40<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3225<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3226<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3212<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3219<br />

b. Refs<br />

Density<br />

60<br />

40<br />

60<br />

40<br />

60<br />

40<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.37. Site abundances (per 2000 m 2 ) of blue throated wrasse Notolabrus tetricus at Cape<br />

Howe Marine National Park and reference sites. Sites are Howe Offshore (3227), Howe West (3213),<br />

Howe Central (3214), Howe Border (3215), Gabo Gulch (3225), Gabo Boulder Bay (3226), Iron Prince<br />

West (3212) and Prince Wreck (3219).<br />

Notolabrus fucicola<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3227<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3213<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3214<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3215<br />

a. MNP<br />

Density<br />

60<br />

40<br />

60<br />

40<br />

60<br />

40<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3225<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3226<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3212<br />

100<br />

80<br />

3219<br />

b. Refs<br />

Density<br />

60<br />

40<br />

60<br />

40<br />

60<br />

40<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.38. Site abundances (per 2000 m 2 ) of purple wrasse Notolabrus fucicola at Cape Howe<br />

Marine National Park and reference sites. Sites are Howe Offshore (3227), Howe West (3213), Howe<br />

Central (3214), Howe Border (3215), Gabo Gulch (3225), Gabo Boulder Bay (3226), Iron Prince West<br />

(3212) and Prince Wreck (3219).<br />

A2.22


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Odax cyanomelas<br />

80<br />

60<br />

3227<br />

80<br />

60<br />

3213<br />

80<br />

60<br />

3214<br />

80<br />

60<br />

3215<br />

a. MNP<br />

Density<br />

40<br />

40<br />

40<br />

40<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

80<br />

60<br />

3225<br />

80<br />

60<br />

3226<br />

80<br />

60<br />

3212<br />

80<br />

60<br />

3219<br />

b. Refs<br />

Density<br />

40<br />

40<br />

40<br />

40<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.40. Site abundances (per 2000 m 2 ) of herring cale Odax cyanomelas at Cape Howe Marine<br />

National Park and reference sites. Sites are Howe Offshore (3227), Howe West (3213), Howe Central<br />

(3214), Howe Border (3215), Gabo Gulch (3225), Gabo Boulder Bay (3226), Iron Prince West (3212)<br />

and Prince Wreck (3219).<br />

Cheilodactylus spectabilis<br />

30<br />

3227<br />

30<br />

3213<br />

30<br />

3214<br />

30<br />

3215<br />

a. MNP<br />

Density<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

30<br />

3225<br />

30<br />

3226<br />

30<br />

3212<br />

30<br />

3219<br />

b. Refs<br />

Density<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.41. Site abundances (per 2000 m 2 ) of banded morwong Cheilodactylus spectabilis at Cape<br />

Howe Marine National Park and reference sites. Sites are Howe Offshore (3227), Howe West (3213),<br />

Howe Central (3214), Howe Border (3215), Gabo Gulch (3225), Gabo Boulder Bay (3226), Iron Prince<br />

West (3212) and Prince Wreck (3219).<br />

A2.23


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Technical Series No. 62<br />

Twofold Shelf <strong>Subtidal</strong> <strong>Reef</strong> <strong>Monitoring</strong><br />

Aplodactylus lophodon<br />

30<br />

3227<br />

30<br />

3213<br />

30<br />

3214<br />

30<br />

3215<br />

a. MNP<br />

Density<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

30<br />

3225<br />

30<br />

3226<br />

30<br />

3212<br />

30<br />

3219<br />

b. Refs<br />

Density<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

0<br />

2001 2004 2007 2010<br />

Year<br />

Figure A2.42. Site abundances (per 2000 m 2 ) of eastern kelpfish Aplodactylus lophodon at Cape<br />

Howe Marine National Park and reference sites. Sites are Howe Offshore (3227), Howe West (3213),<br />

Howe Central (3214), Howe Border (3215), Gabo Gulch (3225), Gabo Boulder Bay (3226), Iron Prince<br />

West (3212) and Prince Wreck (3219).<br />

A2.24


<strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> is responsible for managing the <strong><strong>Victoria</strong>n</strong> protected<br />

area network, which ranges from wilderness areas to metropolitan<br />

parks and includes both marine and terrestrial components.<br />

Our role is to protect the natural and cultural values of the parks<br />

and other assets we manage, while providing a great range of<br />

outdoor opportunities for all <strong><strong>Victoria</strong>n</strong>s and visitors.<br />

A broad range of environmental research and monitoring activities<br />

supported by <strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> provides information to enhance park<br />

management decisions. This Technical Series highlights some of<br />

the environmental research and monitoring activities done within<br />

<strong>Victoria</strong>’s protected area network.<br />

Healthy <strong>Parks</strong> Healthy People<br />

For more information contact the <strong>Parks</strong> <strong>Victoria</strong> Information Centre<br />

on 13 1963, or visit www.parkweb.vic.gov.au

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!